Add files from ibiblio as of 2025-03-07 14:06:55HEADmain

1 files changed, 7897 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/43842-0.txt b/43842-0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b0b109
--- /dev/null
+++ b/43842-0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7897 @@
+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 43842 ***
+
+  [Illustration: _From the painting by F. Brangwyn_
+
+  "THEIR LANTERN JUST BROUGHT OUT THE GHOSTLINESS OF GRAVESTONES LEANING
+  BETWEEN THE COLUMNS OF THE CYPRESSES"
+
+  _See "The Valley of Mills," page 659_]
+
+
+
+
+  McCLURE'S MAGAZINE
+
+  VOL. XXXI OCTOBER, 1908 No. 6
+
+
+
+
+  [Illustration]
+
+FAMILIAR LETTERS OF AUGUSTUS SAINT-GAUDENS
+
+EDITED BY ROSE STANDISH NICHOLS
+
+ILLUSTRATED WITH PHOTOGRAPHS
+
+_Copyright, 1908, by The S. S. McClure Co. All rights reserved_
+
+
+These familiar letters from Augustus Saint-Gaudens show the artist as
+his intimate friends knew him. They were written at odd moments, often
+in haste, and never with a shadow of self-consciousness. They are
+interesting, not as literary productions, but as the simple record of a
+critical period in his career.
+
+"Le Coeur au Métier," the motto which he wished to place in his studio,
+will be seen to express the spirit of his life. Other keen interests
+he had, but they were never allowed to interfere with his work, and
+he seldom felt the need of any recreation apart from it. One of his
+friends used to complain that in the midst of their merrymaking an
+abstracted look would come into his eyes and his mind would hark
+back to sculpture. Although he was extremely modest and was given to
+underrating his powers in other directions, from his childhood he
+confidently expected to be a great artist. As a little school-boy, sent
+from his father's shop to do errands, he would sit in the omnibus and
+look about at his well-dressed fellow-passengers, and wonder what they
+would think if they realized what he was going to be some day. But even
+as a child he never dreamed of achieving his ambition without years of
+ceaseless struggle.
+
+When the boy left school, at the age of thirteen, this struggle began.
+In 1848 his father, a Frenchman, had brought his Irish wife and his
+baby, Augustus, to New York, where he worked as a shoemaker. He was
+poor, and was anxious that his eldest son should become self-supporting
+as soon as possible; so at thirteen the boy was apprenticed to a
+cameo-cutter, whose trade he mastered with surprising readiness, at the
+same time studying drawing at the Cooper Institute in the evenings. In
+a little while he was not only earning his own living by cameo-cutting,
+but excelled all his fellow-pupils at the night-school in talent and
+perseverance.
+
+  [Illustration: AUGUSTUS SAINT-GAUDENS FROM A PHOTOGRAPH IN THE
+  COLLECTION OF MRS. ROSE NICHOLS]
+
+Saint-Gaudens' artistic education was completed in Europe, where he
+went at the age of eighteen and stayed almost continuously for nearly
+fourteen years. His father sent him first to Paris. There his progress
+in the art schools was marked, although he continued to support himself
+by his trade, and could give only half his time to sculpture. At the
+outbreak of the Franco-Prussian War he reluctantly refrained from
+enlisting in the French army and left for Italy. It was in Rome that
+he first found sculpture remunerative, and finally was able to drop
+cameo-cutting. The years from 1866 to 1880, which he spent in Rome and
+Paris, with only occasional visits to America, were singularly happy
+ones, characterized by a capacity for continuous work at a high pitch
+of excellence.
+
+The letters from Saint-Gaudens printed here were written eighteen
+years later, when the sculptor had come into full possession of his
+genius. They cover a most critical period in his career, and record
+his greatest artistic triumph--his recognition in France as one of the
+foremost of modern sculptors. After he returned to the United States
+in 1880 he lived and worked in New York, and by 1897 had built up a
+national reputation. His work was progressing under the most favorable
+conditions, with the encouragement of an ever-increasing circle of
+friends and admirers. On the other hand, in France, his father's
+country, where he himself had been educated, his work was practically
+unknown. A few of his former comrades at the Beaux-Arts, judging his
+sculpture from photographs, did not hesitate to tell Saint-Gaudens
+that it had been over-praised in America and would obtain no such
+appreciation in France. The sculptor felt that, in order to learn
+his own deficiencies and to find out where he really stood among his
+contemporaries, he must return to Paris, exhibit at the Salon, and run
+the gauntlet of the best critics. All his friends on both sides of the
+water discouraged him from taking this step, and he himself dreaded it;
+but he believed that, in justice to himself and to his work, he must
+make this venture.
+
+After his decision was made, however, his departure had to be postponed
+until various duties were fulfilled. The Shaw and Logan monuments had
+first to be completed and unveiled, and a number of smaller commissions
+had to be executed. From the beginning of his work upon the Shaw
+memorial there had been bitter opposition upon the part of his friends
+to the symbolical figure hovering above Colonel Shaw and his men, but
+the sculptor clung to his original conception with great tenacity.
+Saint-Gaudens' best friend, Bion, a Parisian sculptor and critic, whose
+opinion he valued highly, had never liked the idea of this figure.
+Just before Bion's death he received a photograph of the monument as
+finished in the clay, and he wrote a long letter to Saint-Gaudens,
+complaining that the angel was as superfluous as a figure of Simplicity
+would be, floating in the air above the bent figures in Millet's
+"Gleaners," and concluding: "I had no need of your 'nom de Dieu'
+allegory on the ceiling. Your negroes marching in step and your Colonel
+leading them told me enough. Your priestess merely bores me as she
+tries to impress upon me the beauty of their action."
+
+  [Illustration: CARYATID FOR THE VANDERBILT HOUSE]
+
+Concerning this letter of Bion's, Saint-Gaudens wrote:
+
+                               "The Players, New York, Jan. 26th, 1897
+
+     "Dear ----
+
+     "I meant to write you at length tonight but I started with a
+     letter to Bion which has kept me busy till now, 11 P.M. It is in
+     reply to the one from him that I enclose, in which at the end he
+     says a word of you.
+
+     "I am not disturbed by his dislike of my figure. It is because
+     it does not look well in the photograph. If the figure in itself
+     looked well, he would have liked it, I know, and notwithstanding
+     his admirable comparison with the Millet I still think that a
+     figure, if well done in that relation to the rest of the scheme,
+     is a fine thing to do. The Greeks and Romans did it finely in
+     their sculpture. After all it's the way the thing's done that
+     makes it right or wrong, that's about the only creed I have in
+     art. However his letter is interesting, although very sad, dear
+     old boy.
+
+  [Illustration: DETAIL FROM THE SHAW MEMORIAL, SHOWING THE ALLEGORICAL
+  FIGURE FULL FACE, AS IN THE FIRST DESIGN]
+
+  [Illustration: _Copley print, copyrighted by Curtis and Cameron_
+
+  DETAIL FROM THE SHAW MEMORIAL, SHOWING THE ALLEGORICAL FIGURE WITH THE
+  HEAD TURNED MORE IN PROFILE, AS IN THE FINAL EXECUTION]
+
+     "All of the Shaw is out of the studio. They cast the Logan on
+     Monday and I am working like the devil on the Sherman. I've found
+     precisely the model I wished, just his size, the same pose of the
+     head and the same thinness; a Milanese peasant who poses like a
+     rock. Next week I commence the nude of the Victory from a South
+     Carolinian girl with a figure like a goddess.
+
+                                           "Affectionately yours
+                                                            A. ST.-G."
+
+Bion died shortly after writing his objections to the allegorical
+figure, and if anything could have changed Saint-Gaudens' decision
+regarding his composition of the Shaw monument, his friend's letter
+would certainly have done so. Although Saint-Gaudens and Bion had
+studied sculpture together at the Beaux-Arts in their youth, it was
+not until years afterward that, through a constant interchange of
+letters, their relation became a close one. Bion gave up sculpture as
+a profession, and devoted himself to friendship and philosophy. He
+dropped into the studios of a few intimates every day, frequented art
+exhibitions, and attended lectures upon philosophy and psychology at
+the Sorbonne or the Collège de France; but the long letters which he
+used to write Saint-Gaudens every week became more and more the chief
+business of his life. He kept his friend informed as to what was going
+on in Paris; of the doings of their little circle of acquaintances; and
+wrote him detailed descriptions of all important events in the world
+of art, besides giving him a great deal of disinterested advice upon
+every conceivable subject, including his work and the conduct of his
+life. Saint-Gaudens used to reply at great length, but his letters were
+destroyed, according to directions left in his friend's will. When the
+news of Bion's death reached Saint-Gaudens, he wrote:
+
+                                     "148 W. 36th St., Feb. 17th, 1897
+
+     "Of course the one thing on my mind, the terrible spectre that
+     looms up, is poor Bion's death; night and day, at all moments, it
+     comes over me like a wave that overwhelms me, and it takes away
+     all heart that I may have in anything. Today, however, I have had
+     a kind of sad feeling of companionship with him, that seems to
+     bring him to me, in working over the head of the flying figure of
+     the Shaw. The bronze founders are not ready for it yet. I have had
+     a stamp made of the figure and have helped it a great deal, I am
+     sure you will think. You know that Thayer told me he thought an
+     idea I once had of turning the head more profile, was a better one
+     than that I had evolved, and I've always wished to do it. It is
+     done, and it's the feeling of death and mystery and love in the
+     making of it that brought my friend back to me so much today....
+     But the young, thank Heaven, do not feel these blows so profoundly
+     as do older people. In one of my blue fits the other day I felt
+     the end of all things, and reasoning from one thing to the other
+     and about the hopelessness of trying to fathom what it all means,
+     I reached this: that we know nothing, (of course) but a deep
+     conviction came over me like a flash that at the bottom of it all,
+     whatever it is, the mystery must be beneficent. It does not seem
+     as if the bottom of all were something malevolent; and the thought
+     was a great comfort.
+
+  [Illustration: _Copley print, copyrighted by Curtis and Cameron_
+
+  MONUMENT TO COLONEL ROBERT GOULD SHAW, ERECTED AT BOSTON]
+
+     "I shall be all the week at the figure. I've made an olive branch
+     instead of the palm,--it looks less 'Christian martyr'-like,--and
+     I have lightened and simplified the drapery a great deal. I had
+     not seen it for two or three months and I had a fresh impression.
+
+     "At 27th Street I've finished the nude of the Sherman and next
+     week I begin to put his clothes on him. I had another day with the
+     model for the Victory last Sunday, and that, too, is progressing
+     rapidly. Zorn, the Swedish artist, was with me all day Sunday
+     making an etching of me while the model rested; it is an admirable
+     thing and I will send you a copy of it.
+
+     "The studio is once more in a fearful condition with the casting
+     of the Logan, and the getting of the Puritan ready to photograph
+     and cast for the Boston Museum and to send abroad to have the
+     reductions made....
+
+     "This letter is no good, but it must go; the clatter of seven
+     moulders and sculptors does not help to the expression or the
+     development of thought, confusion only----
+
+                                                "Affectionately
+                                                            A. ST.-G."
+
+                                               "May 15th or 16th, 1897
+
+     "The Shaw goes to Boston on Thursday or Friday. I've done little
+     else lately but run around about it until I am frantic. On the
+     other hand, while waiting for some workmen yesterday, I had a
+     great walk in the Babylonian East Side here. It was a beautiful
+     day and one of great impressions.
+
+     "I have not commenced the Howells medallion yet, as I expected to
+     be absent. I believe I told you I had a nice note from him.
+
+                                                            A. ST.-G."
+
+  [Illustration: MURAL PLAQUE ERECTED IN MEMORY OF DR. JAMES McCOSH]
+
+The Shaw memorial was unveiled in Boston, in the latter part of May,
+1897. The erection of the monument had been so long delayed that
+Saint-Gaudens feared that the public had lost interest in the work, or
+would expect too much and be disappointed. On the contrary, its success
+was immediate, and made him very happy. Its appeal was to men of every
+condition, laymen as well as artists, and nothing ever pleased the
+sculptor more than the way it arrested the attention of almost every
+passer-by. In June, scarcely a month after the unveiling of the Shaw,
+another soldier's monument, the equestrian statue of General Logan, was
+unveiled at Chicago, and Saint-Gaudens went there to be present at the
+ceremony.
+
+  [Illustration: STATUE OF PETER COOPER, NEW YORK]
+
+                             "1142 The Rookery, Chicago, June 23, 1897
+
+     "I am again at the top of this big building here, and I will
+     give you some description of the last 24 hours. At one o'clock
+     yesterday Mrs. Deering, Mrs. French, Mr. French (brother and
+     sister-in-law of Dan French) and I were placed in one carriage,
+     Mr. Deering, Mrs. St. G. and the editor of the 'Chicago Tribune'
+     in another, and in the wake of a lot of other carriages and
+     followed by a procession of them, we drove to the big stand. A
+     great day; with a high wind and glorious sun. I was put in one
+     of the seats in the Holy of Holies alongside of Mrs. Logan,
+     if you please, and the president of the ceremonies. A lot of
+     speeches, one of which was very good, and at the right moment the
+     complicated arrangement of flags dropped, the cannon fired, the
+     band played, Mrs. Logan wept, and I posed for a thousand snap
+     photographs, 'a gleam of triumph passed over my face,' think of
+     that! (vide 'Chicago Tribune').
+
+  [Illustration: THE LOGAN MONUMENT, ERECTED AT CHICAGO]
+
+     "However, the monument looks impressive as I see it this morning
+     for the first time with much of the disfiguring scaffolding gone.
+     I stay here until Sunday, when I take the 5.30 P.M. train and
+     shall get to New York Monday at 6 or 7. Last night we went to a
+     great golf place where high merriment prevailed. This afternoon to
+     Fort Sheridan. Tonight a reception at the Art Institute; tomorrow
+     a lawn party at Burnham's and Sunday a visit to the great dredging
+     canal; on Monday the cars and rest."
+
+After the sculptor's return from Chicago, he continued his preparations
+for departure in New York.
+
+                                          "The Players, August 7, 1897
+
+     "Brander Matthews has just come and interrupted this with a long
+     and interesting talk on the conventional in art and an article he
+     has written and sent to Scribner's on it. You have often wondered
+     what I think about things--I wonder myself; I think anything and
+     everything. This seeing a subject so that I can side with either
+     side with equal sympathy and equal convictions I sometimes think a
+     weakness. Then again I'm thinking it a strength.
+
+     "Last night I dined with X---- and Y---- and passed a delightful
+     evening with them. X---- cracked his constructed jokes and
+     manufactured his silversmith puns, and cackled over them. We
+     talked literature, English, French, and Taine's great work on
+     English literature. We afterward went to the open air concert
+     at the Madison Square Garden, and when we were not talking of
+     anything else we talked on that subject of eternal interest and
+     mystery 'les femmes.'"
+
+Finally, in the autumn of 1897, after both the Shaw and Logan monuments
+had been unveiled, and various minor obstacles to his departure had
+been removed, Saint-Gaudens was ready to leave America. Opposition to
+his plan still came from every side. Many of his friends in New York
+seemed to feel that he was casting a certain reproach upon his country
+by his desire to profit by foreign criticism and to measure his work
+by European standards. They prophesied that his work would deteriorate
+under French influence. His few friends in Paris were equally
+discouraging. They did not hesitate to warn him that if he persisted
+in coming there he must be prepared to face indifference and failure.
+Even Bion, when Saint-Gaudens had asked him to get the opinions of a
+few French artists upon photographs of the Shaw memorial, had refused
+to do so, saying: "I shan't show your photographs to anyone. Shiff,
+MacMonnies, and Proctor have seen them, my poor old friend, and the
+others do not know you. They are quite indifferent about what goes on
+outside their own little show."
+
+Saint-Gaudens himself feared that he might be making a serious mistake.
+The ocean voyage in itself was an ordeal to him, and before leaving
+he wrote: "I continue fencing and am preparing for the voyage as one
+prepares for a fight. I go to the theatre and that tides over the
+blue hours which lie between dinner and bed-time." But he felt that
+he must make the venture, whatever lay before him, and that he could
+never be satisfied until he had stood the test of a comparison with
+his chief contemporaries and until his work had been passed upon by
+the most sophisticated and penetrating critics of art. At the end of
+September, 1897, accompanied by his wife and his son, Homer, he sailed
+for England. After crossing to France, he thus described his first
+impressions:
+
+                                "Hotel Normandy, Paris, Nov. 7th, 1897
+
+     "The beauty of the scenery and of the English homes and villages
+     on the railroad from Southampton to London recalled the delightful
+     impression of the last trip, when I was so light-hearted. The
+     sense of order and thrift appealed to me strongly in comparison
+     with the shiftlessness of America. Then London with its
+     extraordinary impression of power and also of order. Homer and I
+     went to see Hamlet. Read it, R----. As I grow older, the greatness
+     of Shakspeare looms higher and higher; every line, every word is
+     so deep, so true, 'never offending the modesty of nature withal,'
+     as Hamlet himself advises the players.
+
+     "From London we came on the following day to Paris. The country
+     between Calais and Dover seemed very grand; great rolling lands
+     with immense fields being ploughed in the waning day. The peace,
+     simplicity, and calm of it all was profoundly impressive. Just a
+     ploughman and a boy, alone in the country on a hillside, following
+     the horses and the plough along the deep, straight furrows; no
+     fences, a clear sky with the half moon, and only a small clump or
+     two of trees--all so orderly and grand."
+
+For the first few weeks in Paris Saint-Gaudens was miserable. His
+studio, on the Rue de Bagneux, in the Latin Quarter, was large and
+cheerful, with comfortable quarters adjoining for his assistants, and
+he was extremely interested in his work upon the equestrian statue
+of General Sherman. But he missed his old friends and haunts in New
+York, the weather was gloomy and depressing, and he felt enervated and
+homesick. Almost none of the friends of his student days were there to
+welcome him back to Paris, and he was not in the mood to make new ones.
+Dr. Shiff, a retired physician with a philosophic turn of mind, and
+many years the sculptor's senior, was the only man he could count upon
+for regular companionship, though occasionally an old friend like Henry
+Adams, John Alexander, or Garnier would drop into the studio. John
+Sargent was another warm friend who helped to keep up his spirits and
+whom he admired intensely both as a man and as an artist. With Helleu,
+the etcher, they enjoyed spending a day or two at Chartres and Rheims.
+In the following letter he describes his first meeting with Whistler:
+
+                                               "Paris, Nov. 16th, 1897
+
+     "Mac and I made a short call on Whistler, whom I found much more
+     human than I imagined him to be, and today I went to the Court of
+     Appeals where a trial of his was to come off--it didn't,--but I
+     had a delightful chat with him. He is a very attractive man with
+     very queer clothes, a kind of 1830 coat with an enormous collar
+     greater even than those of that period; a monocle, a strong jaw,
+     very frizzly hair with a white mesh in it, and an extraordinary
+     hat."
+
+The brightest spot in Saint-Gaudens' winter was his visit to the south
+of France and to Italy, in the company of his friend Garnier, who, like
+Bion, had been a fellow-student of his at the École des Beaux-Arts
+years before. They left Paris in December, and went almost directly to
+Aspet and Salies du Salat, Gascon villages where Saint-Gaudens' father
+was born and where he worked at his trade as a young man. This was the
+first time that Augustus Saint-Gaudens had visited that country on the
+Spanish frontier where his paternal ancestors had lived for centuries
+and where many of their name still survived.
+
+                                                "Aspet, December, 1897
+
+     "I write this in the village where my father was born and
+     today has been one of the most delightful days of my life. I
+     have invited my old friend Garnier (a dear friend and the most
+     delightful of companions) to travel with me. We left Paris
+     yesterday morning and slept at Toulouse last night. We left there
+     this morning before dawn and saw the sun rise over the Pyrenees on
+     our way to Salies du Salat, a most picturesque and dirty village
+     at the foot of the beautiful mountains. I inquired at the station
+     if any Saint-Gaudens lived there. 'Yes, opposite the mairie.' We
+     walked up a narrow Spanish-looking street and there was a little
+     shoe-store and on it the sign 'Saint-Gaudens.' I woke my cousin
+     up. His is the very house where father passed his childhood. We
+     three walked over the town up to the cradle of the 'Comminges'
+     just back of father's house, and we went around on the sward and
+     on the old moat where the children now play and where his father
+     and my father played when children. I cannot describe to you how I
+     was moved by it all.
+
+     "After a characteristic déjeuner with the cousin, a typical French
+     peasant, and his typical wife, we hired a wagon with two horses
+     and drove three hours into the mountains through a wonderfully
+     beautiful country, very Spanish in character, to this delightful
+     village. Here father was born, and baptized in the little church
+     right at hand from where I write. There are delightful fountains
+     at every corner and an air of thrift, order, and cleanliness that
+     you cannot imagine. We are in a nice hotel, a homelike place, and
+     tomorrow, after seeing Market Day, we walk to Saint-Gaudens, about
+     12 miles from here. It is a most romantic spot; all the country
+     and the people here have a good deal of the Spanish dignity. We
+     are 30 miles from the frontier of Spain. I must stop now because
+     my third cousin (his grandfather and mine were brothers) is
+     coming. He is the postman of the village and the surrounding
+     country, a handsome young fellow who carries the mail around on
+     horseback, and who between times makes shoes."
+
+Leaving this out-of-the-way corner of Gascony, under the shadow of the
+Pyrenees, Saint-Gaudens and Garnier traveled by Toulouse to Marseilles.
+From this port the sculptor had sailed twenty-seven or eight years
+before, when he first went to study in Rome. Now, with his old friend,
+he again climbed up to where the church of Notre-Dame de la Garde
+overlooks the Mediterranean, and was amused to remember the three
+days he had spent upon that hill-top, with little to eat but figs and
+chocolate, while awaiting the departure of his ship for Italy.
+
+The two artists went by train from Marseilles to Nice and Ventimiglia,
+and then walked along the superb Cornice road to San Remo, conscious
+that every step brought them nearer to their beloved Italy. The hills,
+covered with palms and orange-trees, the sacred-looking groves of
+gray-green olives detached against the deep blue of the sea, recalled
+to Saint-Gaudens a story by Anatole France describing some early
+Christians in an olive grove overlooking the Mediterranean.
+
+In Italy they stopped first at Pisa, and did not reach Rome much before
+midnight. Regardless of fatigue, Saint-Gaudens insisted upon starting
+out that night to revisit the favorite haunts of his student days,
+taking the reluctant Garnier with him. At a late hour they ended their
+excursion at the Café Greco, where the sculptor talked with a waiter
+who had served him with coffee in 1871. The next morning they spent in
+the gardens and the Bosco of the Villa Medici. Nothing seemed to them
+much changed, and their happiness was as great as if they had found
+their youth again in the land where they had left it. Saint-Gaudens
+afterward said that on the night of that arrival in Rome he felt as if
+he were slaking a great thirst. Before their return they also visited
+the Bay of Naples. Vivid memories of Italy were present with the
+sculptor until the end of his life, and during his last illness he said
+that one thing he wished to live for was to take again the drive from
+Salerno to Amalfi: the vineyards clinging to the hillsides, the cliffs
+with the blue waves breaking at their base, haunted him as a vision of
+exquisite beauty.
+
+Late in the winter Saint-Gaudens returned to Paris, and when spring
+and the pleasant weather came on he was working again with great
+enthusiasm, preparing for the Salon. His exhibit at the Champs de
+Mars attracted much attention and elicited unexpected praise from the
+severest French critics.
+
+                             "3, rue de Bagneux, Paris, May 16th, 1898
+
+     ... "I must be brief today for Dr. Shiff is coming in to talk,
+     and help me with his consoling philosophy as Bion did; and I must
+     work, for the model leaves shortly, and I must use him every hour
+     I can; so I will tell you briefly of what has happened.
+
+     "This Paris experience, as far as my art goes, has been a great
+     thing for me. I never felt sure of myself before, I groped ahead.
+     All blindness seems to have been washed away. I see my place
+     clearly now, I know, or think I know, just where I stand. A great
+     self-confidence has come over me and a tremendous desire and will
+     to achieve high things, with a confidence that I shall, has taken
+     possession of me. I exhibited at the Champs de Mars and the papers
+     have spoken well and it seems as if I were having what they call
+     a 'success' here. I send you some of the extracts from several of
+     the principal artistic papers here, the 'Gazette des Beaux-Arts,'
+     'Art et Décoration,' and from the 'Dictionaire Encyclopédique
+     Larousse'; four of these have asked permission to reproduce my
+     work. The Director of the Luxembourg tells me he wishes something
+     of mine, and other friends have asked that I be given the Legion
+     of Honour. Of this latter you must say nothing, and I only speak
+     of it to give you a true idea of what impressions I am undergoing.
+
+     "For four months it rained incessantly, but the great interest of
+     preparing for the Salon has interested me. The sunshine has been a
+     blessing, and Paris, with her smiles and green dress and the blue
+     skies overhead captivates like a beautiful woman.
+
+     "There is something in the air here which pushes one to do
+     beautiful things; it seems something actually atmospheric,
+     something soft and gentle in the air.... Later Sargent came in
+     very good spirits. We dined and went to the theatre together
+     last night. He wished me to tell him when I go to London, as the
+     fellows there wish to give me a great 'blow off.' And so it all
+     goes; the sun is now pouring into the studio, and it all seems
+     like a great dream."
+
+The article in _Art et Décoration_ to which Saint-Gaudens refers was
+written by Paul Leprieur. After attacking with great severity Rodin's
+"Balzac," the critic said:
+
+"The more completely to forget this sinister vision, one may well
+linger before the work of a great sculptor, almost unknown among
+us, who reveals himself to us, so to speak, for the first time,
+with an altogether remarkable collection of monumental sculpture
+and photographs of monuments previously executed. We refer to M.
+Saint-Gaudens, an Irishman by birth, who has worked mainly for America,
+and who was, if I mistake not, the teacher of Mr. MacMonnies--a teacher
+far superior to his pupil. His exhibit is one of the surprises and
+delights of the Champs de Mars.
+
+"Had we only the photographs which he shows us--whether of his Peter
+Cooper, his President Lincoln, the noble and serious allegorical figure
+for a tomb, called the Peace of God, or the charming caryatid for the
+Vanderbilt house--we could already perceive the grasp of composition,
+the decision of the contours, the depth of the sentiment expressed
+without any splurge or noise. This sculpture, in its acceptance, or
+ingenious re-shaping, of traditions from ancient sources, as well as in
+its modern inventiveness, imparts a savor of intimate charm, of dignity
+without parade, which are rare indeed in our day.
+
+"The actual work exhibited simply confirms the impression of the
+photographs. To say nothing of the placques and medallions, models of
+a fine funeral bas-relief, and the highly entertaining and picturesque
+statue of a Puritan, the large high-relief dedicated to the memory
+of Colonel Robert Gould Shaw may well be esteemed as a model of
+intelligent decoration.
+
+"The idea of representing, not the death scene itself, but the moment
+preceding it, and of showing the army of blacks, led by the white
+officer, filing by as if in a march to death, grave of mien, solemn,
+and heroic, is as novel as it is boldly treated. While presenting
+prodigies of skill (absolutely without triviality or pettiness in
+matters of detail), and modeled with a great freedom and understanding
+of how to arrange the various groups of lines in perspective,--which
+all men of his profession will admire,--everything is kept subordinate
+to the ensemble and to the predetermined unity of motion. Upon each
+of the faces one feels more or less the reflection of the motto of
+self-sacrifice and enthusiastic faith inscribed on a flat surface in
+the background (Omnia relinquit servare rem publicam), and the superb
+figure of a woman with flying drapery, symbolical of glory or of death,
+comparable to the loveliest creations in this style by Watts or Gustave
+Moreau, succeeds in giving to this very sculpturesque composition a
+distinguished moral significance."
+
+Two months later the critic Léonce Benedite, in his article on the
+salons of 1898, wrote, in the _Gazette des Beaux-Arts_:
+
+"It is a foreign sculptor, an American artist whose name alone had
+previously reached us, M. Augustus Saint-Gaudens, who affords us an
+example of a commemorative monument composed of modern elements and
+broadly executed in the simplest and purest sculptural spirit. Half
+French, not only by descent, but by his whole education, trained in our
+school,--which he honors today,--the illustrious chief of the future
+American school of sculpture has produced numerous beautiful works in
+his own country. Photographic reproductions of these accompany his
+exhibited works and demonstrate their rare dignity and grandeur of
+style. His beautiful mortuary statues, one of which is on exhibition at
+the Salon, together with the caryatid of the Vanderbilt house--long and
+slender, with beautiful, severe draperies--are figures of distinguished
+elegance, of austere grace.
+
+"But above all, the statues of President Lincoln and Peter Cooper, the
+mural tablets of Dr. McCosh and Dr. Bellows, show us with how exalted
+an appreciation of his art the American master has succeeded in making
+the most of the complete modernity of his subjects. To be sure, he has
+not misrepresented the characteristic local physiognomy of his models,
+or the unique effect of the accessories of costume and furniture; far
+from it. But with what elegance and vigor he makes them all speak to
+one, from the skirt of the coat to the slightest fold of the trousers!
+
+"We find ourselves face to face with a powerful and self-restrained
+master, who is able to comprehend and to express emotion, who speaks a
+simple but expressive language, and who has the power to convince and
+to fascinate. The monument to Colonel Robert Gould Shaw, erected at
+Boston, and exhibited in plaster at the Salon, affords us a striking
+proof of this. It is a large high-relief, set in a graceful and
+exceedingly simple architectural frame. In the center a young officer,
+mounted, sword in hand, is leading a company of black soldiers who
+are marching by his side, musket on shoulder, with a drummer at their
+head. In the upper field floats a grave and melancholy figure, flying
+horizontally; it is Duty, and with a sweeping and eloquently mournful
+gesture she points out to them the road leading to glory and to
+death. The measured march of the men, the expression of resigned and
+submissive gravity on the faces of those colored troops, contrasting
+with the proud, absorbed energy of the young white man who leads
+them, his beautiful young steed nervous and quivering, emphasizes
+yet more the restrained enthusiasm and patient determination of the
+commander. All this, and even the sculptural comprehension of all this
+paraphernalia of war, impresses one simply yet powerfully, and holds
+one enthralled by its genuine epic grandeur."
+
+                                                     "June 14th, Paris
+
+     "I am going to stay alone in Paris and on Sundays go and see Brush
+     and Garnier and the Proctors and go to St. Moritz for a week or
+     ten days; further than that I have no plans.... I see Shiff every
+     other night and dine with him then; occasionally I see F----,
+     whom I rather like. I'm working hard but slowly. I want a little
+     rest, so in two days I go to London to see the exhibit there;
+     besides, Sargent gives me a dinner on the 20th. Paris is really
+     a wonderfully attractive city and the 'cut' atmosphere, to use
+     a very unpleasant phrase, is clearly a great thing. There can
+     never be more than a few big men that one respects, but there are
+     so many people deeply interested in art, literature and music,
+     so many that are working hard, that you feel a great deal of
+     intelligence around you in the direction in which you are working,
+     beside the unusual amount of general intelligence which surrounds
+     one."
+
+Toward the end of June Saint-Gaudens and his family went to England.
+In London, Sargent, always hospitable, gave a dinner to introduce
+Saint-Gaudens to many distinguished sculptors and painters.
+Burne-Jones, unfortunately, had died a few days before. Saint-Gaudens
+had always admired his work greatly, and treasured photographs of his
+pictures.
+
+After two days at Broadway with Edwin Abbey, the family separated.
+Saint-Gaudens and his son Homer then returned to Paris for the summer,
+while Mrs. Saint-Gaudens went to take a cure at Vichy and St. Moritz.
+During that summer in Paris Saint-Gaudens saw as much as possible
+of George De Forest Brush and his family, who were then living near
+Fontainebleau. His intimacy with the Brushes dated back to his student
+days in Paris, and had been kept up in America. The two families had
+often been neighbors at Cornish, New Hampshire. Indeed, the Brushes had
+spent their first summer there encamped in an Indian "tepee," which was
+pitched on the edge of a field in front of the Saint-Gaudens' house.
+Their life always impressed every one as singularly beautiful and
+happy, and their presence so near Paris helped Saint-Gaudens to get
+through the long, dull weeks of the summer.
+
+                                             "Paris, July 10th or 11th
+
+     "Lately I have had a great time with X----, driving and lunching
+     with him and sometimes with the ladies, going to Versailles and
+     the museums. Next Sunday we go to Chantilly, another day to
+     Dampierre where Rude's great statue of Louis (XIII, I think) is.
+     We go to the Cluny, to the Louvre, and sit sipping in front of
+     cafés, X---- telling me how much the woman question from one point
+     of view troubles him and I doing the same from another, and the
+     big world turns round, and we all suffer, and men fight, and women
+     mourn. Courage and love is what we all need, isn't it?
+
+     "Yesterday I went with Homer to Fontainebleau to see Brush and
+     Proctor who live near there at 'Marlotte Montigny.' The day was
+     fine, and I enjoyed it greatly, particularly the walk with Brush
+     and his two lovely eldest children. How remarkable Brush is! All
+     the children are so beautiful and nice-mannered. He has commenced
+     another picture of his wife, this time with all the children and
+     himself, and it is already a stimulating thing, the composition is
+     so fine and what there is of it that is drawn, is so splendidly
+     drawn."
+
+                                                     "Paris, July 14th
+
+     "It is the third or fourth really fine day that we have had
+     since coming to France eight months ago. The whole city is alive
+     with sunshine, a sky with white floating clouds, and every place
+     brilliant with flags, and there is an unusual feeling of peace in
+     this big studio as I sit alone in it and write to you.
+
+     "I have your letter with the enclosure from the _Transcript_.
+     'That's the way things is,' as Bryant said to me. I send you some
+     more Hosannahs in my honour by this mail, and there is going to be
+     more still in the 'Gazette des Beaux-Arts,' as I judge from the
+     way Ary Renan talked to me the other night. He is son of the great
+     Renan and is one of the editors of the 'Gazette des Beaux-Arts'
+     and wished to meet me so much that Pallier, another critic, asked
+     us to dine with him night before last. Pallier is the one who
+     wrote the long article in the Liberté about me.
+
+     "You speak of Browning--I shall read the 'Ring and the Book,' but
+     unless a man's style is clear I am too lazy and I have too little
+     time to devote to digging gold out of the rocks, fine as it may
+     be. On the other hand I got the Schopenhauer that Shiff spoke
+     about with the intention of sending it to you, but it is so deadly
+     in its pessimism, judging from the ten or eleven lines that I
+     read, that I flung it away. It was so terribly true from his point
+     of view, but what's the use of taking that point of view? We can't
+     remedy matters by weeping and gnashing our teeth over the misery
+     of things. 'That's the way things is' again, and although I have
+     been told all my life it's best to put on a brave face and bear
+     all cheerfully, it's only lately that it is really coming into my
+     philosophy.
+
+     "It seems as if we are all in one open boat on the ocean,
+     abandoned and drifting no one knows where, and while doing all
+     we can to get somewhere, it is better to be cheerful than to be
+     melancholy; the latter does not help the situation, and the former
+     cheers up one's comrades.
+
+     "Michel, a friend of mine, had a beautiful nude marble bought for
+     the Luxembourg, a pure noble chaste figure. There was a remarkable
+     statuette by Gerôme, two or three other good things in sculpture
+     and the same among the objets d'art, and one swell thing in
+     painting, the Puvis de Chavannes. _That_ appealed to me, but of
+     course there were a lot of other very fine things, by Aman Jean,
+     Henri Martin, Besnard and others. I send you some publications
+     with the good things marked. I think if the Champs-Elysées were
+     sifted there would be more good work found in it or as much as at
+     the Champs de Mars. It is remarkable how much good work is done in
+     Paris, but the first impression is bad, as the good is concealed
+     in such a mountain of trash; but it's like gold in a mountain."
+
+                                                     "Paris, July 24th
+
+     "Last night I dined with an old 'camarade d'atelier' at his home
+     in the Cité Boileau at Passy and it was a great pleasure to be
+     with him, one of the nicest kind of Frenchmen, a sculptor who
+     is doing admirable work, a man of calm manners and large views,
+     intensely interested in his work. His wife and three children
+     are by the seaside, and on their return, if Homer does not go to
+     America and I remain too, I'm looking forward to Homer's meeting
+     his children. His boy, who is seventeen, is going to work in his
+     atelier with him. It was delightful, as he took one through the
+     rooms of his three children, to see the photographs of admirable
+     works of art they had selected to hang on the walls. He has a
+     house with a garden and we dined outside. (His name is) Lenoir
+     and he is the son of a distinguished architect and grandson of a
+     Lenoir whose bust is erected in the Cour des Beaux-Arts, a man
+     of great distinction here on account of his love of art and his
+     efforts to prevent the Revolutionists in 1795 from destroying the
+     public monuments."
+
+Early in August, while his wife was still away, Saint-Gaudens took his
+son Homer to Holland, where they had a delightful trip, extending to
+the quaint dead cities of the north. Ten days or so after their return
+to Paris they made another successful expedition together to join some
+friends at the sea-shore.
+
+                                    "3 rue de Bagneux, Paris, Aug. 26.
+
+     "It was intensely hot in Paris. I discovered that the Brushes were
+     at Boulogne as well as the Proctors, so off we packed and we have
+     had a great time, what with bathing and lolling all day on the
+     cliffs, which I adore doing. The two Mears sisters followed us
+     down there, and we, the Brushes, Proctors, Mears, babies, and all
+     started off in the mornings, and, with the luncheon mixed up with
+     the babies in the carriage, passed most delightful days, either on
+     the cliffs or by the shore."
+
+Saint-Gaudens, however, could never be happy long away from his work,
+and he was soon writing from his studio again.
+
+                                                      "Paris, Sept. 2d
+
+     "A Russian professor at one of the Universities here has sent me
+     his translation of Tolstoi's last work 'What is Art?' and has
+     asked me (with highly eulogistic terms about what I have done, in
+     an inscription on the fly leaf) to give him my opinion, which he
+     wishes to publish with those of other men of note. So I am in for
+     reading it. You read it too, please, and tell me what you think
+     of it, then I'll sign it and send it as my opinion! For I have
+     no opinion, or so many that trying to put them into shape would
+     result in driving me into the mad-house sooner than I am naturally
+     destined to be there. Yes, 5000 different points of view that are
+     possible. After all, we are like lots of microscopical microbes on
+     this infinitesimal ball in space, and all these discussions seem
+     humourous at times. I suppose that every earnest effort toward
+     great sincerity or honesty or beauty in one's production is a drop
+     added to the ocean of evolution, to the Something higher that I
+     suppose we are rising slowly (d----d slowly) to, and all the other
+     discussions upon the subject seem simply one way of helping the
+     seriousness of it all.
+
+     "Shiff's letter that I enclose is in reply to one asking whether
+     the professor's request was all right and whether I should bother
+     about it. In answer he wrote that the Russian was a very serious
+     man who had done admirable work. I once told Shiff that at times
+     I thought that 'beauty must mean at least some goodness'--that
+     explains part of his letter to me."
+
+TO BE CONCLUDED IN NOVEMBER
+
+  [Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+  [Illustration]
+
+THURNLEY ABBEY
+
+BY PERCEVAL LANDON
+
+
+Three years ago I was on my way out to the East, and as an extra day
+in London was of some importance, I took the Friday evening mail train
+to Brindisi instead of the usual Thursday morning Marseilles express.
+Many people shrink from the long forty-eight-hour train journey
+through Europe, and the subsequent rush across the Mediterranean on
+the nineteen-knot _Isis_ or the _Osiris_; but there is really very
+little discomfort on either the train or the mail-boat, and unless
+there is actually nothing for me to do, I always like to save the extra
+day and a half in London before I say good-bye to her for one of my
+longer tramps. This time--it was early, I remember, in the shipping
+season, probably about the beginning of September--there were few
+passengers, and I had a compartment in the P. and O. Indian express to
+myself all the way from Calais. All Sunday I watched the blue waves
+dimpling the Adriatic, and the pale rosemary along the cuttings; the
+plain white towns, with their flat roofs and their bold "duomos," and
+the gray-green gnarled olive orchards of Apulia. The journey was just
+like any other. We ate in the dining-car as often and as long as we
+decently could. We slept after luncheon; we dawdled the afternoon away
+with yellow-backed novels; sometimes we exchanged platitudes in the
+smoking-room, and it was there that I met Alistair Colvin.
+
+Colvin was a man of middle height, with a resolute, well-cut jaw; his
+hair was turning gray; his mustache was sun-whitened, otherwise he was
+clean-shaven--obviously a gentleman, and obviously also a preoccupied
+man. He had no great wit. When spoken to, he made the usual remarks in
+the right way, and I dare say he refrained from banalities only because
+he spoke less than the rest of us; most of the time he buried himself
+in the Wagonlit Company's Time-table, but seemed unable to concentrate
+his attention on any one page of it. He found that I had been over the
+Siberian railway, and for a quarter of an hour he discussed it with
+me. Then he lost interest in it, and rose to go to his compartment.
+But he came back again very soon, and seemed glad to pick up the
+conversation again.
+
+Of course this did not seem to me to be of any importance. Most
+travelers by train become a trifle infirm of purpose after thirty-six
+hours' rattling. But Colvin's restless way I noticed in somewhat marked
+contrast with the man's personal importance and dignity; especially
+ill suited was it to his finely made large hand with strong, broad,
+regular nails and its few lines. As I looked at his hand I noticed a
+long, deep, and recent scar of ragged shape. However, it is absurd to
+pretend that I thought anything was unusual. I went off at five o'clock
+on Sunday afternoon to sleep away the hour or two that had still to be
+got through before we arrived at Brindisi.
+
+Once there, we few passengers transhipped our hand baggage, verified
+our berths--there were only a score of us in all--and then, after an
+aimless ramble of half an hour in Brindisi, we returned to dinner at
+the Hôtel International, not wholly surprised that the town had been
+the death of Virgil. If I remember rightly, there is a gaily painted
+hall at the International--I do not wish to advertise anything, but
+there is no other place in Brindisi at which to await the coming of the
+mails--and after dinner I was looking with awe at a trellis overgrown
+with blue vines, when Colvin moved across the room to my table. He
+picked up _Il Secolo_, but almost immediately gave up the pretense of
+reading it. He turned squarely to me and said:
+
+"Would you do me a favor?"
+
+One doesn't do favors to stray acquaintances on Continental expresses
+without knowing something more of them than I knew of Colvin. But I
+smiled in a noncommittal way, and asked him what he wanted. I wasn't
+wrong in part of my estimate of him; he said bluntly:
+
+"Will you let me sleep in your cabin on the _Osiris_?" And he colored a
+little as he said it.
+
+Now, there is nothing more tiresome than having to put up with a
+stable-companion at sea, and I asked him rather pointedly:
+
+"Surely there is room for all of us?" I thought that perhaps he had
+been partnered off with some mangy Levantine, and wanted to escape from
+him at all hazards.
+
+Colvin, still somewhat confused, said: "Yes; I am in a cabin by myself.
+But you would do me the greatest favor if you would allow me to share
+yours."
+
+This was all very well, but, besides the fact that I always sleep
+better when alone, there had been some recent thefts on board these
+boats, and I hesitated, frank and honest and self-conscious as Colvin
+was. Just then the mail-train came in with a clatter and a rush of
+escaping steam, and I asked him to see me again about it on the boat
+when we started. He answered me curtly--I suppose he saw the mistrust
+in my manner--"I am a member of White's and the Beefsteak." I smiled
+to myself as he said it, but I remembered in a moment that the man--if
+he were really what he claimed to be, and I make no doubt that he
+was--must have been sorely put to it before he urged the fact as a
+guarantee of his respectability to a total stranger at a Brindisi hotel.
+
+That evening, as we cleared the red and green harbor-lights of
+Brindisi, Colvin explained. This is his story in his own words:
+
+"When I was traveling in India some years ago, I made the acquaintance
+of a youngish man in the Woods and Forests. We camped out together for
+a week, and I found him a pleasant companion. John Broughton was a
+light-hearted soul when off duty, but a steady and capable man in any
+of the small emergencies that continually arise in that department. He
+was liked and trusted by the natives, and his future was well assured
+in Government service, when a fair-sized estate was unexpectedly left
+to him, and he joyfully shook the dust of the Indian plains from his
+feet and returned to England. For five years he drifted about London.
+I saw him now and then. We dined together about every eighteen months,
+and I could trace pretty exactly the gradual sickening of Broughton
+with a merely idle life. He then set out on a couple of long voyages,
+returned as restless as before, and at last told me that he had decided
+to marry and settle down at his place, Thurnley Abbey, which had long
+been empty. He spoke about looking after the property and standing
+for his constituency in the usual way. He was quite happy and full of
+information about his future.
+
+"Among other things, I asked him about Thurnley Abbey. He confessed
+that he hardly knew the place. The last tenant, a man called Clarke,
+had lived in one wing for fifteen years and seen no one. He had been
+a miser and a hermit. It was the rarest thing for a light to be seen
+at the Abbey after dark. Only the barest necessities of life were
+ordered, and the tenant himself received them at the side-door. His
+one half-caste man-servant, after a month's stay in the house, had
+abruptly left without warning, and had returned to the Southern States.
+One thing Broughton complained bitterly about: Clarke had wilfully
+spread the rumor among the villagers that the Abbey was haunted, and
+had even condescended to play childish tricks with spirit-lamps and
+salt in order to scare trespassers away at night. He had been detected
+in the act of this tomfoolery, but the story spread, and no one, said
+Broughton, would venture near the house except in broad daylight. The
+hauntedness of Thurnley Abbey was now, he said with a grin, part of
+the gospel of the countryside, but he and his young wife were going to
+change all that. Would I propose myself any time I liked? I, of course,
+said I would, and equally, of course, intended to do nothing of the
+sort without a definite invitation.
+
+"The house was put in thorough repair, though not a stick of the old
+furniture and tapestry were removed. Floors and ceilings were relaid;
+the roof was made watertight again, and the dust of half a century was
+scoured out. He showed me some photographs of the place. It was called
+an Abbey, though as a matter of fact it had been only the infirmary of
+the long-vanished Abbey of Closter some five miles away. The larger
+part of this building remained as it had been in pre-Reformation days,
+but a wing had been added in Jacobean times, and that part of the
+house had been kept in something like repair by Mr. Clarke. He had in
+both the ground and the first floors set a heavy timber door, strongly
+barred with iron, in the passage between the earlier and the Jacobean
+parts of the house, and had entirely neglected the former. So there had
+been a good deal of work to be done.
+
+"Broughton, whom I saw in London two or three times about this time,
+made a deal of fun over the positive refusal of the workmen to remain
+after sundown. Even after the electric light had been put into every
+room, nothing would induce them to remain, though, as Broughton
+observed, electric light was death on ghosts. The legend of the Abbey's
+ghosts had gone far and wide, and the men would take no risks. On the
+whole, though nothing of any sort or kind had been conjured up even
+by their heated imaginations during their five months' work upon the
+Abbey, the belief in the ghosts was rather strengthened than otherwise
+in Thurnley because of the men's confessed nervousness, and local
+tradition declared itself in favor of the ghost of an immured nun.
+
+"'Good old nun!' said Broughton.
+
+"I asked him whether in general he believed in the possibility of
+ghosts, and, rather to my surprise, he said that he couldn't say he
+entirely disbelieved in them. A man in India had told him one morning
+in camp that he believed that his mother was dead in England, as her
+vision had come to his tent the night before. He had not been alarmed,
+but had said nothing, and the figure vanished again. As a matter of
+fact, the next possible dak-walla brought on a telegram announcing the
+mother's death. 'There the thing was,' said Broughton.
+
+"'My own idea,' said he, 'is that if a ghost ever does come in one's
+way, one ought to speak to it.'
+
+"I agreed. Little as I knew of the ghost world and its conventions,
+I had already remembered that a spook was in honor bound to wait to
+be spoken to. It didn't seem much to do, and I felt that the sound
+of one's own voice would at any rate reassure oneself as to one's
+wakefulness. But there are few ghosts outside Europe--few, that is,
+that a white man can see--and I had never been troubled with any.
+However, as I have said, I told Broughton that I agreed.
+
+"So the wedding took place and I went to it in a tall hat which I
+bought for the occasion, and the new Mrs. Broughton smiled very nicely
+at me afterwards. As it had to happen, I took the Orient Express that
+evening and was not in England again for nearly six months. Just before
+I came back I got a letter from Broughton. He asked if I could see him
+in London or come to Thurnley, as he thought I should be better able
+to help him than any one else he knew. His wife sent a nice message to
+me at the end, so I was reassured about at least one thing. I wrote
+from Budapest that I would come and see him at Thurnley two days after
+my arrival in London, and as I sauntered out of the Pannonia into the
+Kerepesi Ut to post my letters, I wondered of what earthly service I
+could be to Broughton. I had been out with him after tiger on foot,
+and I could imagine few men better able at a pinch to manage their own
+business. However, I had nothing to do, so after dealing with some
+small accumulations of business during my absence, I packed a kit-bag
+and departed to Euston.
+
+"I was met by a trap at Thurnley Road station, and after a drive of
+nearly seven miles we echoed through the sleepy streets of Thurnley
+village, into which the main gates of the park thrust themselves,
+splendid with pillars and spread-eagles and tom-cats rampant atop of
+them. From the gates a quadruple avenue of beech-trees led inwards for
+a quarter of a mile. Beneath them a neat strip of fine turf edged the
+road and ran back until the poison of the dead beech-leaves had killed
+it under the trees. There were many wheel-tracks on the road, and a
+comfortable little pony trap jogged past me laden with a country parson
+and his wife and daughter. Evidently there was some garden party going
+on at the Abbey. The road dropped away to the right at the end of the
+avenue, and I could see the Abbey across a wide pasturage and a broad
+lawn thickly dotted with guests.
+
+"The end of the building was plain. It must have been almost
+mercilessly austere when it was first built, but time had crumbled the
+edges and toned the stone down to an orange-lichened gray wherever it
+showed behind its curtain of magnolia, jasmine, and ivy. Farther on
+was the three-storied Jacobean house, plain and handsome. There had
+not been the slightest attempt to adapt the one to the other, but the
+kindly ivy had glossed over the touching-point. There was a tall flèche
+in the middle of the building, surmounting a small bell tower. Behind
+the house there rose the mountainous verdure of Spanish chestnuts all
+the way up the hill.
+
+"Broughton had seen me coming from afar, and walked across from his
+other guests to welcome me before turning me over to the butler's care.
+This man was sandy-haired and rather inclined to be talkative. He
+could, however, answer hardly any questions about the house: he had, he
+said, only been there three weeks. Mindful of what Broughton had told
+me, I made no inquiries about ghosts, though the room into which I was
+shown might have justified anything. It was a very large low room with
+oak beams projecting from the white ceiling. Every inch of the walls,
+including the doors, was covered with tapestry, and a remarkably fine
+Italian fourpost bedstead, heavily draped, added to the darkness and
+dignity of the place. All the furniture was old, well made, and dark.
+Underfoot there was a plain green pile carpet, the only new thing about
+the room except the electric light fittings and the jugs and basins.
+Even the looking-glass on the dressing-table was an old pyramidal
+Venetian glass set in heavy repoussé frame of tarnished silver.
+
+"After a few minutes cleaning up, I went downstairs and out upon the
+lawn, where I greeted my hostess. The people gathered there were of
+the usual country type, all anxious to be pleased and roundly curious
+as to the new master of the Abbey. Rather to my surprise, and quite to
+my pleasure, I rediscovered Glenham, whom I had known well in old days
+in Barotseland: he lived quite close, as, he remarked with a grin, I
+ought to have known. 'But,' he added, 'I don't live in a place like
+this.' He swept his hand to the long, low lines of the Abbey in obvious
+admiration, and then, to my intense interest, muttered beneath his
+breath, 'Thank God!' He saw that I had overheard him, and turning to me
+said decidedly, 'Yes, thank God I said, and I meant I wouldn't live at
+the Abbey for all Broughton's money.'
+
+"'But surely,' I demurred, 'you know that old Clarke was discovered in
+the very act of setting light to his bug-a-boos?'
+
+"Glenham shrugged his shoulders. 'Yes, I know about that. But there is
+something wrong with the place still. All I can say is that Broughton
+is a different man since he has lived here. I don't believe that he
+will remain much longer. But--you're staying here?--Well, you'll
+hear all about it to-night. There's a big dinner, I understand.' The
+conversation turned off to old reminiscences, and Glenham soon after
+had to go.
+
+"Before I went to dress that evening I had twenty minutes' talk with
+Broughton in his library. There was no doubt that the man was altered,
+gravely altered. He was nervous and fidgety, and I found him looking at
+me only when my eye was off him. I naturally asked him what he wanted
+of me. I told him I would do anything I could, but that I couldn't
+conceive what he lacked that I could provide. He said with a lustreless
+smile that there was, however, something, and that he would tell me the
+following morning. It struck me that he was somehow ashamed of himself,
+and perhaps ashamed of the part he was asking me to play. However, I
+dismissed the subject from my mind and went up to dress in my palatial
+room. As I shut the door a draught blew out the Queen of Sheba from the
+wall, and I noticed that the tapestries were not fastened to the wall
+at the bottom. I have always held very practical views about spooks,
+and it has often seemed to me that the slow waving in firelight of
+loose tapestry upon a wall would account for ninety-nine per cent of
+the stories one hears, and certainly the dignified undulation of this
+lady with her attendants and huntsmen--one of whom was untidily cutting
+the throat of a fallow deer upon the very steps on which King Solomon,
+a gray-faced Flemish nobleman with the order of the Golden Fleece,
+awaited his fair visitor--gave color to my hypothesis.
+
+"Nothing much happened at dinner. The people were very much like those
+of the garden party. After the ladies had gone, I found myself talking
+to the rural dean. He was a thin, earnest man, who at once turned the
+conversation to old Clarke's buffooneries. But, he said, Mr. Broughton
+had introduced such a new and cheerful spirit, not only into the Abbey,
+but, he might say, into the whole neighborhood, that he had great
+hopes that the ignorant superstitions of the past were from henceforth
+destined to oblivion. Thereupon his other neighbor, a portly gentleman
+of independent means and position, audibly remarked 'Amen,' which
+damped the rural dean, and we talked of partridges past, partridges
+present, and pheasants to come. At the other end of the table Broughton
+sat with a couple of his friends, red-faced hunting men. Once I noticed
+that they were discussing me, but I paid no attention to it at the
+time. I remembered it a few hours later.
+
+"By eleven all the guests were gone, and Broughton, his wife, and I
+were alone together under the fine plaster ceiling of the Jacobean
+drawing-room. Mrs. Broughton talked about one or two of the neighbors,
+and then, with a smile, said that she knew I would excuse her, shook
+hands with me, and went off to bed. I am not very good at analyzing
+things, but I felt that she talked a little uncomfortably and with a
+suspicion of effort, smiled rather conventionally, and was obviously
+glad to go. These things seem trifling enough to repeat, but I had
+throughout the faint feeling that everything was not square. Under the
+circumstances, this was enough to set me wondering what on earth the
+service could be that I was to render--wondering also whether the whole
+business were not some ill-advised jest in order to make me come down
+from London for a mere shooting party.
+
+"Broughton said little after she had gone. But he was evidently
+laboring to bring the conversation round to the so-called haunting
+of the Abbey. As soon as I saw this, of course I asked him directly
+about it. He then seemed at once to lose interest in the matter. There
+was no doubt about it: Broughton was somehow a changed man, and to my
+mind he had changed in no way for the better. Mrs. Broughton seemed no
+sufficient cause. He was clearly very fond of her, and she of him. I
+reminded him that he was going to tell me what I could do for him in
+the morning, pleaded my journey, lighted a candle, and went upstairs
+with him. At the end of the passage leading into the old house he
+grinned weakly and said, 'Mind, if you see a ghost, do talk to it; you
+said you would,' He stood irresolutely a moment and then turned away.
+At the door of his dressing-room he paused a moment: 'I'm here,' he
+called out, 'if you should want anything. Good-night,' and he shut his
+door.
+
+"I went along the passage to my room, undressed, switched on a lamp
+beside my bed, read a few pages of the _Jungle Book_, and then, more
+than ready for sleep, switched the light off and went fast asleep.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+"Three hours later I woke up. There was not a breath of wind outside.
+It was so silent that my ears found employment in listening for the
+throbbing of the blood within them. There was not even a flicker of
+light from the fireplace. As I lay there, an ash tinkled slightly
+as it cooled, but there was hardly a gleam of the dullest red in the
+grate. An owl cried among the silent Spanish chestnuts on the slope
+outside. I idly reviewed the events of the day, hoping that I should
+fall off to sleep again before I reached dinner. But at the end I
+seemed as wakeful as ever. There was no help for it. I must read my
+_Jungle Book_ again till I felt ready to go off, so I fumbled for
+the pear at the end of the cord that hung down inside the bed, and I
+switched on the bedside lamp. The sudden glory dazzled me for a moment.
+I felt under my pillow for my book with half-shut eyes. Then, growing
+used to the light, I happened to look down to the foot of my bed.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+"I can never tell you really what happened then. Nothing I could ever
+confess in the most abject words could even faintly picture to you
+what I felt. I know that my heart stopped dead, and my throat shut
+automatically. In one instinctive movement I crouched back up against
+the head-boards of the bed, staring at the horror. The movement set my
+heart going again, and the sweat dripped from every pore. I am not a
+particularly religious man, but I had always believed that God would
+never allow any supernatural appearance to present itself to man in
+such a guise and in such circumstances that harm, either bodily or
+mental, could result to him. I can only tell you that at that moment
+both my life and my reason rocked unsteadily on their seats."
+
+The other _Osiris_ passengers had gone to bed. Only he and I remained
+leaning over the starboard railing, which rattled uneasily now and then
+under the fierce vibration of the over-engined mail-boat. Far over,
+there were the lights of a few fishing-smacks riding out the night, and
+a great rush of white combing and seething water fell out and away from
+us overside.
+
+At last Colvin went on:
+
+"Leaning over the foot of my bed, looking at me, was a figure swathed
+in a rotten and tattered veiling. This shroud passed over the head, but
+left both eyes and the right side of the face bare. It then followed
+the line of the arm down to where the hand grasped the bed-end. The
+face was not that entirely of a skull, though the eyes and the flesh of
+the face were totally gone, There was a thin, dry skin drawn tightly
+over the features, and there was some skin left on the hand. One wisp
+of hair crossed the forehead. It was perfectly still. I looked at it,
+and it looked at me, and my brains turned dry and hot in my head. I
+had still got the pear of the electric lamp in my hand, and I played
+idly with it; only I dared not turn the light out again. I shut my
+eyes, only to open them in a hideous terror the same second. The thing
+had not moved. My heart was thumping, and the sweat cooled me as it
+evaporated. Another cinder tinkled in the grate, and a panel creaked in
+the wall.
+
+"My reason failed me. For twenty minutes, or twenty seconds, I was
+able to think of nothing else but this awful figure, till there came,
+hurtling through the empty channels of my senses, the remembrance that
+Broughton and his friends had discussed me furtively at dinner. The dim
+possibility of it being a hoax stole gratefully into my unhappy mind,
+and once there, one's pluck came creeping back along a thousand tiny
+veins. My first sensation was one of blind unreasoning thankfulness
+that my brain was going to stand the trial. I am not a timid man,
+but the best of us needs some human handle to steady him in time of
+extremity, and in this faint but growing hope that after all it might
+be only a brutal hoax, I found the fulcrum that I needed. At last I
+moved.
+
+"How I managed to do it, I cannot tell you, but with one spring
+towards the foot of the bed I got within arm's length and struck out
+one fearful blow with my fist at the thing. It crumbled under it, and
+my hand was cut to the bone. With the sickening revulsion after my
+terror, I dropped half-fainting across the end of the bed. So it was
+merely a foul trick after all. No doubt the trick had been played many
+a time before: no doubt Broughton and his friends had had some bet
+among themselves as to what I should do when I discovered the gruesome
+thing. From my state of abject terror I found myself transported into
+an insensate anger. I shouted curses upon Broughton. I dived rather
+than climbed over the bed-end on to the sofa. I tore at the robed
+skeleton--how well the whole thing had been carried out, I thought--I
+broke the skull against the floor, and stamped upon its dry bones. I
+flung the head away under the bed, and rent the brittle bones of the
+trunk in pieces. I snapped the thin thigh-bones across my knee, and
+flung them in different directions. The shin-bones I set up against
+a stool and broke with my heel. I raged like a Berserker against the
+loathly thing, and stripped the ribs from the backbone and slung the
+breastbone against the cupboard. My fury increased as the work of
+destruction went on. I tore the frail rotten veil into twenty pieces,
+and the dust went up over everything, over the clean blotting-paper and
+the silver inkstand. At last my work was done. There was but a raffle
+of broken bones and strips of parchment and crumbling wool. Then,
+picking up a piece of the skull--it was the cheek and temple bone of
+the right side, I remember--I opened the door and went down the passage
+to Broughton's dressing-room. I remember still how my sweat-dripping
+pajamas clung to me as I walked. At the door I kicked and entered.
+
+"Broughton was in bed. He had already turned the light on and seemed
+shrunken and horrified. For a moment he could hardly pull himself
+together. Then I spoke. I don't know what I said. Only I know that from
+a heart full and over-full with hatred and contempt, spurred on by
+shame of my own recent cowardice, I let my tongue run on. He answered
+nothing. I was amazed at my own fluency. My hair still clung lankily
+to my wet temples, my hand was bleeding profusely, and I must have
+looked a strange sight. Broughton huddled himself up at the head of
+the bed just as I had. Still he made no answer, no defence. He seemed
+preoccupied with something besides my reproaches, and once or twice
+moistened his lips with his tongue. But he could say nothing, though he
+moved his hands now and then, just as a baby who cannot speak moves his
+hands.
+
+"At last the door into Mrs. Broughton's room opened and she came in,
+white and terrified. 'What is it? What is it? Oh, in God's name! what
+is it?' she cried again and again, and then she went up to her husband
+and sat on the bed; and the two faced me in speechless terror. I told
+her what the matter was. I spared her husband not a word for her
+presence there. Yet he seemed hardly to understand. I told the pair
+that I had spoiled their cowardly joke for them. Broughton looked up.
+
+"'I have smashed the foul thing into a hundred pieces,' I said.
+Broughton licked his lips again and his mouth worked. 'By God!' I
+shouted, 'it would serve you right if I thrashed you within an inch
+of your life. I will take care that not a decent man or woman of my
+acquaintance ever speaks to you again. And there,' I added, throwing
+the broken piece of the skull upon the floor beside his bed, 'there is
+a souvenir for you, of your damned work to-night!'
+
+"Broughton saw the bone, and in a moment it was his turn to frighten
+me. He squealed like a hare caught in a trap. He screamed and screamed
+till Mrs. Broughton, almost as terrified as I, held on to him and
+coaxed him like a child to be quiet. But Broughton--and as he moved I
+thought that ten minutes ago I perhaps looked as terribly ill as he
+did--thrust her from him, and scrambled out of the bed on to the floor,
+and still screaming put out his hand to the bone. It had blood on it
+from my hand. He paid no attention to me whatever. In truth I said
+nothing. This was a new turn indeed to the horrors of the evening. He
+rose from the floor with the bone in his hand, and stood silent. He
+seemed to be listening. 'Time, time, perhaps,' he muttered, and almost
+at the same moment fell at full length on the carpet, cutting his head
+against the fender. The bone flew from his hand and came to rest near
+the door. I picked Broughton up, haggard and broken, with blood over
+his face. He whispered hoarsely and quickly, 'Listen, listen!' We
+listened.
+
+"After ten seconds' utter quiet, I seemed to hear something. I could
+not be sure, but at last there was no doubt. There was a quiet sound
+as of one moving along the passage. Little regular steps came towards
+us over the hard oak flooring. Broughton moved to where his wife
+sat, white and speechless, on the bed, and pressed her face into his
+shoulder.
+
+"Then the last thing that I could see as he turned the light out, he
+fell forward with his own head pressed into the pillow of the bed.
+Something in their company, something in their cowardice, helped me,
+and I faced the open doorway of the room, which was outlined fairly
+clearly against the dimly lighted passage. I put out one hand and
+touched Mrs. Broughton's shoulder in the darkness. But at the last
+moment I too failed. I sank on my knees and put my face in the bed.
+Only, we all heard. The footsteps came to the door, and there they
+stopped. The piece of bone was lying a yard inside the door. There was
+a rustle of moving stuff, and the thing was in the room. Mrs. Broughton
+was silent: I could hear Broughton's voice praying, muffled in the
+pillow: I was cursing my own cowardice. Then the steps moved out again
+on the oak boards of the passage, and I heard the sounds dying away. In
+a flash of remorse I went to the door and looked out. There at the end
+of the corridor was a small bowed figure in a gray veil--I knew it only
+too well. But this time there was a pathos in the drooped head that
+left me standing with my forehead bowed in shame against the jamb of
+the door.
+
+"'You can turn the light on,' I said, and there was an answering flare.
+There was no bone at my feet. Mrs. Broughton had fainted. Broughton was
+almost useless, and it took me ten minutes to bring her to. Broughton
+only said one thing worth remembering. For the most part he went on
+muttering prayers. But I was glad afterwards to recollect that he had
+said that thing. He said in a colorless voice, half as a question,
+half as a reproach, 'You didn't speak to her.'
+
+"We spent the remainder of the night together. Mrs. Broughton actually
+fell off into a kind of sleep before dawn, but she suffered so horribly
+in her dreams that I shook her into consciousness again. Never was dawn
+so long in coming. Three or four times Broughton spoke to himself. Mrs.
+Broughton would then just tighten her hold on his arm, but she could
+say nothing. As for me, I can honestly say that I grew worse as the
+hours passed and the light strengthened. The two violent reactions had
+battered down my steadiness of view, and I felt that the foundations of
+my life had been built upon the sand. I said nothing, and after binding
+up my hand with a towel, I did not move. It was better so. They helped
+me and I helped them, and we all three knew that our reason had gone
+very near to ruin that night. At last, when the light came in pretty
+strongly, and the birds outside were chattering and singing, we felt
+that we must do something. Yet we never moved. You might have thought
+that we should particularly dislike being found as we were by the
+servants: yet nothing of the kind mattered a straw, and an overpowering
+listlessness bound us as we sat, until Chapman, Broughton's man,
+actually knocked and opened the door. None of us moved. Broughton,
+speaking hardly and stiffly, said: 'Chapman, you can come back in
+five minutes.' Chapman was a discreet man, but it would have made no
+difference if he had carried his news to the 'room' at once.
+
+"We looked at each other and I said I must go back. I meant to wait
+outside till Chapman returned. I simply dared not re-enter my bedroom
+alone. Broughton roused himself and said that he would come with me.
+Mrs. Broughton agreed to remain in her own room for five minutes if the
+blinds were drawn up and all the doors left open.
+
+"So Broughton and I, leaning stiffly one against the other, went down
+to my room. By the morning light that filtered past the blinds we could
+see our way, and I released the blinds. There was nothing wrong in the
+room from end to end, except smears of my own blood on the bed, on the
+sofa, and on the carpet where I had torn the thing to pieces."
+
+Colvin had finished his story. There was nothing to say. Seven bells
+stuttered out from the fo'c'sle, and the answering cry wailed through
+the darkness. I took him downstairs.
+
+"Of course I am much better now, but it is a kindness of you to let me
+sleep in your cabin."
+
+
+
+
+THE TERROR
+
+BY A. E. THOMAS
+
+ILLUSTRATIONS BY HERMAN C. WALL
+
+
+It was a gray and bitter morning in January when Tim first saw The
+Vale. For weeks winter had lain heavy upon the sunny South. A cold rain
+had swept the countryside; then came zero weather for days, till the
+ice lay inch-thick on all the broad pikes of Lexington County, and only
+the firs were green.
+
+Tim and his mother had left the little cabin they called home at the
+first crack of dawn and together had tramped the five miles that
+spelled the road to The Vale. All the way they spoke scarce a word, for
+they knew that parting was near and that it had to be. Colonel Darnton
+was to take the boy and make a jockey of him, if he could, and the
+stables of The Vale were to be his home thereafter.
+
+The negroes were feeding the stallions when the boy and his mother
+trudged up to the big barn. They sat on a feed-box until the Colonel
+had finished his breakfast and come out from the big house under the
+trees.
+
+"Morning to you, Mrs. Doolin," said the Colonel. "And so you've brought
+the boy, eh?"
+
+"I have that," responded Mrs. Doolin, in her odd mixture of brogue and
+Southern drawl. "An' I beg ye t' be good tew him. Since Pete died, he's
+all I hov, an' it's the good lad he's been to me, an' phwat it is I'll
+be doin' widout him whin he's gawn, I dinnaw. Will ye be afther lettin'
+him come down t' see me wanst a fortnight, sor?"
+
+"Of course I will," smiled the Colonel, and then he turned to Tim,
+standing there, so pale and little.
+
+"And you, boy," he said, taking the lad's chin in his big hand and
+turning the blue eyes up to his gaze, "how about you--strong for the
+hosses, eh?"
+
+Tim's lip quivered. He was only twelve. But he looked the Colonel
+bravely in the face.
+
+"I reck'n," he said.
+
+"Well, well, we'll see," said the Colonel, mercifully releasing the
+boy's chin. "'Twould be odd if you weren't. Your father was mighty
+handy with 'em all--mighty handy."
+
+"Savin' yer prisince, Colonel, I'd hov jist wan wurrud wid th' boy,"
+said the woman, and she drew Tim aside.
+
+"Lookee yew here, yew Tim Doolin," she said, when she had him by
+himself, "don't yew niver fergit thet yew're up here tew The Vale tew
+larn hosses. Raymimber thet." The boy drew one ragged sleeve across his
+blue eyes.
+
+"All right, maw," he quavered.
+
+"An' raymimber this, too," she went on. "There niver yit was wan Doolin
+thet wasn't on the square. Hoss racin' ain't prayin', an' all them as
+races hosses ain't like the Colonel. But there niver was wan Doolin yit
+thet wasn't on the level. Mind yew ain't the fust crook in the clan, er
+else yew needn't niver come home t' the Blue Grass ter look yewr maw in
+the face."
+
+Thin and gaunt and gray-haired, she stood in the biting wind that
+fought to tear her shawl from her bony shoulders. For a moment she
+stared, stern and dry-eyed, at the boy. Somehow he had never seemed so
+tiny before.
+
+"Will yew raymimber thet?" she demanded at last. Tim dropped his eyes
+in boyish embarrassment.
+
+"I reck'n," he said.
+
+His mother drew her shawl tightly about her shoulders and departed
+without more ado.
+
+The life of a stable-boy on a great breeding-farm is not all beer and
+skittles, whatever that may be. His principal business is to look sharp
+and do as he is told and never forget. It's always early to rise,
+before dawn in the winter time, and often late to bed, if some of the
+priceless thoroughbreds are ailing. Moreover, the tongues of stable
+foremen are sharp, and their hands are heavy.
+
+Tim made his mistakes. Once, after they came to trust him at The Vale,
+on a sharp morning when he was giving King Faraway, the head of the
+stud, his morning gallop on the pike, he fell to dreaming. A little
+brook ran under a wooden bridge built for carriage use. But to one
+side there was a ford through which people drove in summer to give
+their horses drink. The brook was solid ice that morning, but Tim, not
+thinking, turned King Faraway into the ford. The great horse slipped
+and fell.
+
+Tim sprang up from the far side of the brook with the blood gushing
+from a nasty cut on his forehead. But he didn't think of that. Was King
+Faraway hurt?
+
+He walked the three miles back to The Vale, the stallion limping behind
+him, and at the stable he told the truth and got a thrashing.
+
+King Faraway was on three legs for a month. But he recovered. Every
+night of that month the boy slept on a heap of straw in the stallion's
+box stall, waking up half a dozen times a night to rub the injured
+stifle; and in the end the great horse was as good as new.
+
+Again, one chilly November night Tim left one of his yearlings out in
+the South Paddock. Late that night a cold, driving storm came up. In
+the morning they found the yearling shivering by the paddock gate.
+The Colonel himself worked his fingers off over that yearling colt,
+for he was bred in the purple. The youngster had pneumonia, but they
+saved him, and the Colonel said that Tim's nursing was what pulled him
+through.
+
+On an April morning something over two years after the day Tim came
+to The Vale, he started with the season's two-year-olds for the big
+tracks at New York. He had helped break the youngsters to the saddle
+and to the track on the half-mile race-course on the farm, and he knew
+every one of the lot as if he had been its mother. So when they rounded
+them up to take them to the special box-cars that were waiting in the
+freight yards, the Colonel took the lad aside.
+
+"Really want to be a jockey, Tim?" he asked.
+
+"Sure," said Tim.
+
+"Want to leave us, then, eh?" The boy looked away, and the Colonel
+spared him.
+
+"All right," he said with a laugh. "To the races you go. You can come
+back if you don't like it."
+
+All the broad acres of The Vale and the costly stallions and the brood
+mares belonged to David Holland, a captain of finance. He was too busy
+manipulating the ticker to pay much attention to the stock-farm itself.
+He knew nothing whatever about the breeding of horses and was clever
+enough to admit it. He paid the bills and got his fun out of "seeing
+'em run."
+
+The Holland stable was already quartered at Sheepshead Bay when the
+Colonel and Tim arrived with the two-year-olds. Pat Faulkner, the
+trainer, was there to meet them. He and the Colonel drew aside and
+left the boy to himself. The hours for morning gallops were long since
+over, and when Tim climbed the white rail fence that enclosed the
+back-stretch, the big and beautiful track was absolutely deserted.
+
+"Well," said Faulkner, "what sort of a grist have you brought me this
+trip? I've been bitin' me nails off to find out, but not a word would
+you write."
+
+They had out the chestnut colt with the one white foot, and the black
+with the white blaze, and the bay filly by Checkers-Flighty, and a few
+other individuals, while the trainer felt them over and looked them up
+and down and round about, and had them walked and trotted and cantered
+through the stable yard.
+
+When it was all over, and he knew that here was material that would
+make his rivals sit up, Faulkner's eyes fell upon a slim shape sitting
+on the white rail fence.
+
+"What's the kid?" he demanded.
+
+"That?" said the Colonel, with a smile, "why, that's Tim Doolin, a
+champion jockey I've brought you." The trainer grunted.
+
+"How old?" he asked.
+
+"Going on fifteen, weighs seventy-three pounds, is kind and clever,
+knows the hosses, and they'll do for him. Try him out at exercise work,
+and if he makes good, give him a chance to ride."
+
+That same night the Colonel departed.
+
+After that Tim's work was cut out for him. There were twenty-six
+two-year-olds in the Holland stables, twelve three-year-olds, and six
+or eight thoroughbreds in the aged division. Faulkner kept a big staff
+of grooms and exercise boys, but there was always a day's work for each
+of them. Aside from the routine exercise for every horse in training,
+the feeding, the grooming, and so on, all the youngsters had to be
+broken to the starting barrier. Some trainers didn't pay much attention
+to that.
+
+"Let 'em come to it in their races," said they. Not so, Faulkner. He
+drilled every last one of his two-year-olds till the starting gate was
+no more to them than so much steel and wood and webbing.
+
+Tim was not long in winning the trainer's confidence. The job of
+breaking to the barrier was turned over to the stable foreman, under
+whose eyes the grooms and exercise boys worked. But one afternoon
+Faulkner himself came out to see how things were going. He noticed that
+the three two-year-olds that were Tim's especial care were already
+barrier-broken. He cross-examined the lad. Tim was reticent.
+
+"I--I--jest get 'em used to it," he faltered.
+
+"How?" demanded the trainer.
+
+"I--I jest lead 'em up to it, first along, an' let 'em smell of it
+and look at it. Then I git one of the boys to spring it while I'm
+a-standin' by at their heads. They git used to it pretty soon. Then I
+ride 'em up to it."
+
+"Humph!" grunted the trainer; but later he said to the foreman: "That
+kid's got sense."
+
+It wasn't long before Tim was exercising three-year-olds, and one gray
+morning when he turned out of the loft where he slept, the foreman
+shouted:
+
+"Hurry up, you Tim, an' git yer breakfast."
+
+The boy wondered and obeyed. He gulped down the last of his oatmeal,
+shot out of the training kitchen, and ran up to the stables, where a
+negro groom was holding a big bay horse, about which Faulkner himself
+was busily working. The trainer arose as the boy ran up.
+
+"Up you go, kid," he said and tossed Tim into the saddle.
+
+And Tim knew that he was to exercise Lear! And everybody knew that the
+Holland stable was pointing Lear for the Brooklyn Handicap! It was a
+proud moment for Tim. But his honors didn't sit too heavily on his
+small shoulders, for Faulkner was a hard task-master.
+
+"Jog him to the mile post and send him the last half in .55 an' keep
+yer eye on the flag," the trainer would order.
+
+Then the boy would canter away through the gray light, and the trainer,
+handkerchief in one hand and stop-watch in the other, would mount the
+fence. If the clock said .57 for that last half mile, or anything
+between that and .55, there was a slap on the back and a "Good kid,"
+for Tim, but woe to him if the clicking hand cut it down to .53.
+
+Mistakes he made, and many of them, but they grew fewer and fewer. Good
+hands he had (for they are born with a boy, if he's ever to have them)
+and an intuitive knowledge of the temper of a horse. A good seat they
+had taught him at The Vale. And gradually, little by little and bit by
+bit, he came to be what only one jockey in fifty ever grows into--an
+unerring judge of pace.
+
+Just what it is that tells a boy whether the muscles of steel that he
+bestrides are shooting him rhythmically over a furlong of dull brown
+earth or black and slimy mud in .12-1/2 or .13-1/4, some person may
+perhaps be able to tell, but certain it is that no person ever has told
+it. Long after Tim had learned the secret as few boys have ever known
+it, I asked him.
+
+"Why," said he, "yew know your hoss, an' after thet, why, yew jest feel
+it."
+
+It was not until the autumn meeting at Gravesend that Tim first wore
+the colors. It was in an overnight selling race for two-year-olds, for
+which Faulkner had in despair named Gracious.
+
+Gracious was a merry little short-bodied filly, who was bred as well as
+any of the Holland lot, but who hadn't done well. Out of six starts she
+had never shown anything, and Faulkner had determined to start her once
+more and then weed her out. The weight, eighty-seven pounds, was so
+light that the stable jockey couldn't make it. Then Faulkner remembered
+the Colonel's words: "Give him a chance, if he makes good."
+
+"I'll do it," he said, and told Tim.
+
+Tim didn't sleep well that night, and with wide eyes he welcomed the
+first light of the great day. At last he was to wear the colors!
+
+"Just get her off well and take your time," said Faulkner, as he put
+the boy up. "Rate her along to the stretch and then drive her."
+
+Tim did all that. Coming into the stretch, there were four horses
+ahead of him on the rail. But two of them were weakening. Then Tim
+called on the filly. She answered and went up. But the colt next her
+was staggering. He swerved, and Tim had to pull out. He got Gracious
+going again and landed her third, only a head behind the second horse.
+Faulkner was radiant as Tim dismounted.
+
+"Good kid," he said. He had backed the filly a bit to run third. But
+Tim was almost weeping.
+
+"I could have won," he moaned, "if thet there Blinger hed kep'
+straight."
+
+The boy rode half a dozen races in the next month, all of them for
+two-year-olds. He won once and was second twice. Among the other
+apprentice riders he was already a personage, although, of course, he
+scarcely dared speak to the full-fledged jockeys.
+
+And then the Terror came.
+
+It was Gracious that brought it. There were eight two-years-olds in the
+seven-furlong sprint on the main track at Morris Park. The filly had
+gone slightly off her feed the night before the race, but she seemed
+perfectly fit otherwise, and Faulkner determined to start her.
+
+"She won't finish as strong as she would a week ago," he told the boy,
+as the saddling bugle blew. "So you send her along a bit at the start
+and get the rail. Keep her goin' an' let her die in front."
+
+"I reck'n," said Tim confidently, and they swung him into the saddle.
+
+Gracious, under Tim's riding, was a quick breaker. She leaped away the
+instant the barrier rose, and from the middle of the track the boy took
+her to the rail before the run up the back-stretch was over. She held
+her lead till the field had rounded into the stretch, and then he felt
+her falter. In an instant he began to ride, first with hands, then with
+hands and feet, then with hands and feet and whip. But it was not in
+the filly to answer. At the six-furlong pole she had gone stale--gone
+stale between two jumps. But the boy kept at her with might and main.
+
+  [Illustration: "TIM AND HIS MOTHER HAD LEFT THEIR LITTLE CABIN AT THE
+  FIRST CRACK OF DAWN"]
+
+It was useless. In six strides a brown muzzle crept up to his saddle
+girth. In two jumps more it reached the filly's shoulder. In three more
+strides the two were head and head; and then the brown muzzle was in
+front.
+
+Suddenly the brown muzzle drooped, and the colt faltered. Tim took
+heart again. Perhaps, perhaps he might still nurse the filly home in
+front. He gripped her withers a bit tighter with his knees and spoke to
+her, softly and pleadingly, as was his wont, through his clenched teeth:
+
+"Come on, yew gal--come on, yew baby--come jes' once mo'--jes'
+once--we's mos' home now--come--come. Come, yew gal!"
+
+Back to the boy's stirrup came the saddle girth of the brown colt, as
+his stride shortened under the staggering drive. Tim's heart leaped in
+his bosom, for there was the wire not ten jumps away and--he was going
+to win.
+
+"Come--come, yew baby," he whispered almost into the filly's ear, as he
+leaned far over her nodding head. The ecstasy of victory thrilled his
+small body to his very toes.
+
+At that instant the brown colt swerved against him. The pungent odor
+of sweating horseflesh smote his nostrils--the roar of a horrified
+crowd filled his ears--the track rose up to meet him. A flash of red
+enveloped his brain--then came darkness and oblivion.
+
+When he came to himself, the first faint light of dawn was sifting in
+through a window somewhere. "Time I was up fer exercisin'," he thought,
+and he struggled to rise. A flash of pain in his left arm turned him
+faint and sick. As he wondered over this, he became aware of a dull,
+steady roar that filled the room.
+
+Again he opened his eyes. Dimly he made out the form of a white-capped
+woman standing over him. Then he knew that he was not lying in the
+loft at Sheepshead Bay.
+
+"Are you awake, little boy?" said a soft voice.
+
+"I--I reck'n," said Tim faintly.
+
+There came the rattle of a heavy vehicle pounding over pavements, the
+shrill shriek of a whistle, the roar of horses' hoofs.
+
+Then he remembered it all and turned his face to the wall.
+
+That same evening Faulkner came in to see him.
+
+"Well, Tim," he said, "'twas a bad tumble, hey? How d'you feel? better?"
+
+"Sure," said the boy feebly.
+
+"That's fine, that's fine," cried the trainer heartily. "'Twa'n't your
+fault. You done fine. You'd 'a' won, sure, 'f that chump Reilly had
+kep' his colt straight. But don't you care. We'll have you out in a few
+days, the Doc says. I telegraphed the Colonel you was all to the good,
+an' he'll tell yer ma, so don't you worry about that, kid." He leaned
+over, smiled kindly, and put a huge hand on the boy's head.
+
+It smelled horribly of sweaty horseflesh. With a shudder Tim turned his
+head away.
+
+"You musn't mind a little thing like a tumble," said the trainer
+anxiously. "They all get 'em. Why, I remember when I was ridin' a hoss
+named ----"
+
+And the kindly horseman blundered on in an attempt to cheer the
+helpless lad. It seemed to Tim that he simply must cry out to him to
+stop, when the nurse came swiftly up and warned the trainer not to stay
+any longer.
+
+"Well, so long, kid," was Faulkner's parting word. "Oh, 'course yer
+busted arm won't let yer ride again this fall, but the season's most
+over anyway. Only two more days o' Morris Park, and y' know we ain't
+got any cheap ones to start at Aqueduct. Anythin' I kin do f' you?" Tim
+opened his eyes again.
+
+"Filly hurted?" he asked faintly.
+
+The trainer laughed.
+
+"Nothin' to hurt," he said. "Skinned her knees a bit, but I was goin'
+to put her out o' trainin' anyhow. She's O.K."
+
+To Tim's unspeakable relief he lumbered away.
+
+With his arm in a sling, Tim was out again at the end of a week.
+Much against the boy's will, Faulkner took him one day to the
+meeting at Aqueduct. There the trainer was soon surrounded by
+professional colleagues, and Tim fled to a seat in the highest row
+of the grandstand. Thence he looked down upon the first stages of a
+six-furlong sprint, but when three horses labored home in a tight-fit
+finish he buried his face in his hands that he might not see them.
+
+When he lifted his face again, he glanced furtively about, thankful,
+oh, so thankful, that nobody had noticed him.
+
+Then self-scorn descended upon him. If he could only go away somewhere
+and die! Furtively, he wept, wiping the tears away with one pudgy,
+brown fist. For some minutes he stared, heavy-eyed and broken, at his
+feet.
+
+"Ta-ra-ta-ta-ta! Ta-ra-ta-ta!"
+
+The bugle spoke, calling the handicap horses to the post.
+
+Tim started up and edged toward the aisle. His racing feet carried him
+in panic half way down to the lawn. One idea possessed him--to get
+away--to hide himself, he didn't care where--anywhere where he couldn't
+see the horses run.
+
+A hand seized him by the shoulder and spun him around.
+
+"Hey, kid," said a voice, "how you feelin'? All to the mustard, hey?"
+
+It was Bud Noble, star jockey of the Holland stable, radiant with all
+the prestige that comes with twenty thousand a year and the adulation
+of the racing public.
+
+"I reck'n," said Tim, and fled again.
+
+He had no notion of flight. His feet bore him along unsentiently.
+Suddenly they stopped. And then he knew that he couldn't run away.
+He must see that race. Something within him that would not be denied
+commanded it. Slowly he retraced his steps, muttering unconsciously: "I
+gotter do it. I gotter do it."
+
+Presently he found himself back in the top row of the grandstand. As in
+a dream, he watched the parade of brilliant colors to the post. As in
+a dream, he saw the barrier flash up. The old-time roar "They're off!"
+came faint and faraway to his ears. Dreamlike, the field drifted up the
+back stretch, rounded the turn, and straightened out for home. He dug
+the fingers of his one good hand into the hard wooden bench and held
+his eyes upon the horses.
+
+"I gotter do it. I gotter do it," he muttered still.
+
+They were years in reaching the wire. No mortal thoroughbreds ever
+ran so slowly before since time began. But at last, at the end of the
+world, they finished. And up on the highest bench of the grandstand a
+little boy, with white face and wide eyes, sat back, limp and still.
+
+Tim's arm was still in a sling when he got back to Lexington, and it
+was January before he could use it to any effect. The intervening weeks
+he spent at home, helping his mother as best he could in the round of
+her hard life, running her errands and bearing to and fro the various
+washings by which she lived. For the first time in his life it worried
+him to see her work so hard.
+
+  [Illustration: "A NEGRO GROOM WAS HOLDING A BIG BAY HORSE, ABOUT WHICH
+  FALKNER WAS BUSILY WORKING"]
+
+"Nivver mind, Tim," she would say, lifting her bent back from the tub
+in the corner of the kitchen, "soon you'll be the famous jockey wid
+thousands a year. Thin it's your ould mother that'll be wearin' the
+fine duds and wurruk no more."
+
+And then the boy, sick with shame and fear, would steal from the
+house--anywhere to be out of the sight of her and the sound of her
+voice.
+
+Sometimes the Terror would grip him in his sleep, in the middle of the
+winter night, when the wind shrieked under the shingles on the cabin
+roof or the cold rain drove against the window-pane. More than once he
+started up, broad awake, with the smell of sweating horseflesh sharp
+and agonizing in his nostrils. Once it was the sound of his own voice
+that woke him, and he was crying out:
+
+"Come on, yew baby, come, come, yew gal!"
+
+Then he sat on the edge of his cot, with the blanket over his
+shoulders, until daybreak, with such thoughts as a boy may know.
+
+But on a sunny morning in February, it was Tim who stood in the great
+doorway of the stallion stable at The Vale, saying to the Colonel:
+
+"Thought mebbe I could help yew with the two-year-olds."
+
+Day by day he strove with himself. Little by little he fought the
+Terror down. The very smell of the stables turned him faint for a week.
+He used to creep into King Faraway's box-stall when the big horse
+stood, wet under his blanket, after his morning gallop, and bury his
+face in the stallion's mane and rub his nose along the giant withers,
+till at last the horrible smell of sweating horseflesh had power
+to terrify him no more. It was weeks before he could mount without
+trembling, but at last he came to do it and--to hope.
+
+At last came April, and one evening, as Tim was helping with the
+feeding, he heard the Colonel's voice calling him. He trembled a
+little, for he knew what was coming.
+
+"I've a letter from Faulkner," said the Colonel, "and he's asking
+for you, Tim. Shall I tell him you'll be up with the new batch of
+youngsters?" It was the cast of the die.
+
+"I reck'n," said Tim stoutly.
+
+But it wasn't quite the same old Sheepshead Bay that Tim went back to.
+He did his work as faithfully and skilfully as ever. His hand was just
+as light and sure; he had not lost his sense of pace. But the first
+pale light of day did not send him out to the stables with every nerve
+in his lithe body tingling for very joy of the work that was coming.
+And once, when he saw a stable-boy thrown--the Terror rose at him
+again; not with the old terrible leap, to be sure, but he saw Its face
+for an instant.
+
+He will never forget his first race that spring. Again he rode a
+two-year-old, and he won without difficulty, nobody guessed at what
+expense. As the season went on, he rode again and again, and sometimes
+he won, and oftener not.
+
+But Faulkner saw and shook his head. If Tim's horse won, it was because
+its own speed and the judgment of its rider did it. Nobody ever saw Tim
+take a chance. Other boys might leave him space to squeeze through if
+they liked. He never did it. It was the longest way 'round and plain
+sailing for Tim. No mad, brilliant rush for the rail. No fine finishes
+from unlucky beginnings.
+
+And Faulkner watched and saw it all. Once the boy caught the trainer
+looking at him, thoughtful and puzzled. A big lump rose in his throat
+and strangled him, and he stumbled away with his grief. It seemed to
+him that he could not live on any longer. He grew even more grave and
+silent as the days went on, shunned the other stable-boys, and kept
+stolidly to himself.
+
+It had to end sometime, somehow, and the ending of it was
+notable--because Tim was Tim, I suppose.
+
+For the Suburban Handicap, with the Brooklyn the greatest of the
+classic races for the older horses, the Holland stable had two
+candidates. The first was the five-year-old Gladstone, son of Juniper
+and winner of fifteen races, one of them a Metropolitan. The second
+was Kate Greenaway, a three-year-old filly by King Faraway, whose only
+claim to distinction was that she had won third place in the Futurity
+of the preceding year. But, though Gladstone was the stable's main
+reliance, the filly's work had been dazzling, and the shrewd Faulkner
+had hopes of her.
+
+Bud Noble, as stable jockey, was to ride Gladstone, while the trainer
+relied on the light-weight Ban Johnson, on whom the stable had second
+call, to handle Kate Greenaway. Tim knew the filly as no one else knew
+her or could know her. Down at The Vale, before ever he came to the
+races, he had been the first to put halter and bridle on her; his small
+legs were the first to bestride her; he had broken her to the barrier
+until she seemed actually to like the thing, and in her work she had
+been his especial charge. But he had never ridden her in a race.
+
+The running of a big handicap at a Metropolitan track is an impressive
+event, even to the man who knows nothing of horses. To him who loves
+the thoroughbred it is inspiring. To Tim it was something more than
+that--a thing to make you tremble.
+
+All morning the boy hung uneasily about the stable. He ate scarcely
+any dinner and roved restlessly about until it was time to take the
+filly to the paddock. He got her there just as the horses were going to
+the post for the third race. The Suburban was the fourth. Up and down
+under the great shed he walked his charge, blanketed and hooded, in the
+wake of towering, black Gladstone. Soon a shouting from the grandstand
+announced that the third race was over.
+
+Then came a rush of hundreds to see the Suburban horses saddled. One
+by one, the candidates filed out to the track for their warming-up
+gallops--Boston, top-weight, favorite and winner of the Metropolitan,
+and second in the Brooklyn; Carley, winner of the Advance the season
+before; Catchall, the speedy Hastings mare; and all the rest--all save
+Kate Greenaway. Once, in a warming-up gallop, she had run away, and
+Faulkner would never take chances with her after that. So Tim walked
+her up and down by herself, thankful, yet ashamed, that somebody else
+was to ride her.
+
+Suddenly the stable foreman ran up.
+
+"Hi, you Tim," he shouted, "hustle over to the dressin' room an' git on
+yer duds. Skin along, now, no time to lose."
+
+Tim stood gaping.
+
+"Git a move on--git a move! My Gawd! You ain't got no time to lose.
+Ban's fell down an' sprained his ankle."
+
+Tim trudged over to the jockey's house, his eyes on the ground. Over in
+the paddock, Faulkner listened stubbornly to the foreman.
+
+"I tell you," the latter was saying, "the kid's lost his nerve. Ain't
+you seen it all along? He ain't took a chance sence his tumble. Why
+dontcher give the mount to Tyson or Biff Barry? They ain't neither of
+'em got a mount."
+
+"Nothin' doin'," rejoined the trainer. "The kid knows the
+filly--brought her up, almost. He can ride, too, if he don't get in
+a tight place, an' that ain't likely. Tyson can't make the weight.
+B'sides, I told the Colonel I'd give the kid a chance. An'," he
+concluded, "this is it."
+
+"All right," said the foreman, "but you'll see. He's lost his nerve.
+Why, he got white eraoun' the gills when I tol' him."
+
+  [Illustration: "HE SAT ON THE EDGE OF HIS COT, WITH THE BLANKET OVER
+  HIS SHOULDERS, UNTIL DAYBREAK"]
+
+Tim had grown like a weed since he first saw Sheepshead Bay, but it
+was a slender, fragile figure that the trainer tossed into the chestnut
+filly's saddle when the bugle blew.
+
+"Now, kid," said Faulkner quietly, throwing one arm over the crupper,
+"you're third from the rail. You know the filly as well as I do. She's
+fit to the minute. She'll run in 2.03, if she ain't rushed in the first
+half. Hold yer place an' let the sprinters do their sprintin'. They'll
+come back. Keep her goin' her pace for a mile, an' if you have to ride
+her the last quarter, make her sweat for it. She's game fer a drive.
+They don't make 'em no gamer."
+
+The lad heard scarcely a word. He wasn't frightened. He was sullen,
+rebellious against--against everything. It was one more race to
+him--commonplace, perfunctory, tiresome. He was going to get through
+with it in the easiest way he could. He thought with relief of the wide
+spaces and easy turns of the great track.
+
+"Keep up yer nerve, kid," said Bud Noble, turning in his saddle and
+looking back at Tim as the field filed through the paddock gate.
+
+Tim grinned scornfully. What a notion! Why should anybody need nerve
+to gallop a horse around a track? He had only one idea--to keep out
+of trouble. So, perfectly calm and very much bored, he danced to the
+starting-gate on the chestnut filly. He paid little attention to the
+fretful doings there. He was haunted by no fear that he might be left.
+It was a nuisance to have to keep an eye on the vicious heels of Baldy,
+the swayback gelding at his left--that was all.
+
+But Kate Greenaway had no intention of being left. She kept her dainty
+nose on the webbing from the instant she got it there, for hadn't
+Tim taught her that? And when, at last, all the fussing and fuming
+was over, and the whips of the starter's assistants had ceased their
+hissing, and the pleadings and threats of the starter himself were
+done, and the gate swished up before the fourteen racers, the filly's
+first bound beat the gate by half a length.
+
+Tim was a trifle disgusted. "Blast the filly, anyhow!" he thought. It
+was no part of his plan to lead that roaring field. He took a double
+wrap on the reins, and his mount came back till two lithe, lean forms
+slid up abreast her on the rail, and a third on the outside. That
+was better, thought Tim, and the sprinters drew out ahead of him.
+Contentedly he fell in on the rail behind them.
+
+A storm of dirt clods smote the filly in the face. Another pelted
+Tim on the forehead. He took a tighter hold on Kate Greenaway, and
+the sprinters drew away another length. It would have been an easy
+thing for him to choke her back still further, but somehow a surge
+of generous feeling for the game creature beat down his sullen
+selfishness, and he hadn't the heart to strangle her.
+
+  [Illustration: "IN HIS EARS WAS THE ROAR FROM THIRTY THOUSAND THROATS
+  IN THE GRANDSTAND"]
+
+The leaders had by this time swung around the first turn, and as they
+passed the half-mile mark two noses intruded themselves on Tim's vision
+on the outside.
+
+"Hello," he thought, "old long-distance Boston is movin' up. An'
+Carley, to keep him from gettin' lonesome." But the track was wide,
+they ran straight and true and kept their distance.
+
+Suddenly the sprinters began to come back. In five seconds Tim would
+have to pull up behind them. This was disgusting! If only he were on
+the outside! A clod of earth struck his breast. Instinctively he let
+out a wrap on the reins.
+
+The filly went up to the sprinters in ten jumps. As he ranged
+alongside, Tim took another hold on her. No more front positions for
+him. He was outside, and he meant to stay there and be derned to 'em!
+
+Then one of the sprinters fell back, beaten already, and as Boston
+somehow sifted into the vacant place Tim noted with a gasp that here
+was the far turn already, and he was with the leaders. This surprised
+him so much that the last turn leaped past before he realised that
+there were only two horses between him and the rail. One of them was
+black Boston, top-weight at one hundred and twenty-nine; the other was
+Carley.
+
+He was getting a bit interested in spite of himself. The boys on the
+older horses began to urge them a bit, and as they swung around the
+turn and into the stretch they drew away a couple of lengths. Tim sat
+still. He was in that delightful outside place, with acres of room. He
+even glanced over at the in-field where the patrol judge stood with his
+glasses to his eyes. He remembered afterward that that official's weird
+whiskers amused him. Then something happened.
+
+Kate Greenaway became mistress of herself. As she swung round the turn,
+a wide space confronted her, left by the leaders between themselves and
+the rail. Kate Greenaway had been taught to hunt that rail as a homing
+pigeon its cote. She sought it now so sharply that Tim all but lost his
+seat.
+
+Instantly the boy awoke. He remembered the prize he was riding for--the
+Suburban! the Suburban! Straight before him for a quarter of a mile
+gleamed the track, yellow in the June sunlight. Nothing to do but
+ride--straight--straight to the wire.
+
+All the slumbering life in his body awoke from its sullen sleep. He
+blessed the splendid filly racing so true and so strong beneath him,
+and he sat down for the first time to help her with every ounce of his
+power and every trace of his skill.
+
+He knew she could win. He knew she had been going well within herself,
+and still she was where she could strike. Now was the time to ride,
+and he rode as he had never ridden before, standing in the stirrups,
+crouched over the gallant filly's neck, rising and falling in perfect
+rhythm with her every stride. And, bless her! that stride had not begun
+to shorten yet.
+
+Steadily she crept up on the older horses fighting their duel before
+her. Tim could see from the tail of his eye that both their riders were
+working for dear life--and he had only just begun to ride. His heart
+bounded again beneath his brilliant jacket, and again he urged the
+filly.
+
+But what was that? Surely, surely his path was growing narrower. In six
+strides more he was sure of it. Carley, on the outside, was boring in
+under the drive, and Boston was pulling in to keep from fouling.
+
+There's no time to pick daisies in the last furlong of the Suburban.
+All the months of Tim's purgatory called to him to pull up before
+they squeezed him against that deadly rail. He tried to do it, but
+his wrists had gone limp. The next instant the bay and the black were
+running stride for stride half a length before the filly--and closing
+in.
+
+Then rose the Terror and gripped Tim by the throat. The moment had
+come. They had pinned him on the rail.
+
+Under the gruelling drive Carley staggered again. He bumped Boston. Tim
+felt the big horse graze his boot as he wavered. Instantly that pungent
+smell of sweating horseflesh stung his nostrils, and with it flashed
+the memory of that awful day to smite him helpless.
+
+Again he tried to pull up, and again he failed. His wrists were
+palsied. Why didn't he fall! Oh, why didn't he fall!
+
+Under his quaking knees the withers of the gallant filly still rose and
+fell, mightily, rhythmically; her lean, beautiful neck stretched out
+as if to meet the goal, her nostrils wide and blood-red, through which
+the air came and went, roaring, like the escape of steam from a mighty
+valve, her eyeballs starting from their sockets.
+
+Then sickening shame smote him on his quivering lips. He seemed to
+realise for the first time that the filly was waging her terrible fight
+alone.
+
+The Terror dropped from the boy like a bad dream when one awakes. A
+frenzy of pride and love for the filly swept over him. He had no hope.
+The next instant he would hear that terrified roar of the crowd, the
+track would leap up to meet him, that flash of red would smite him,
+and blackness would fold him about. But the beautiful filly should not
+go down with a coward astride her! He found himself talking to her as
+of old, crouching low till his lips all but brushed her fine, straight
+ears:
+
+"Come on, yew gal! Katie--yew Katie! Come on! Almos' home! Almos'!
+Come--come, yew darlin'!"
+
+Closer pressed the driven Boston, till his rider's stirrup locked
+Tim's. And then the boy knew that the last moment had come. It was fall
+or win and instantly. In his ears was the creak and protest of the
+straining saddles and girths, the roar from thirty thousand throats in
+the grandstand, the whistle of the breath of three great horses locked
+in a desperate struggle, the thunder of the flying hoofs behind him. He
+had the right of way--let them unbar it, or crash to destruction--all
+three!
+
+Gripping the reins with his right hand, he raised his whip in his left
+and let it fall, once--twice--three times. Somewhere in her straining,
+breathless, driven body the filly had one ounce more left. Gallantly,
+instantly, she gave it. The rail grazed the boy's left boot. His right
+was driven up to the filly's loins.
+
+She faltered--but she was through--through that strangling pocket,
+reeling, staggering, half-blind and splendid, and the Suburban was hers
+by a nod.
+
+They lifted Tim in the famous floral horse-shoe, and they cheered and
+cheered him again. "Grandest finish I ever see," said Faulkner, and "My
+Gawd! what a drive!" said the stable foreman, gaping.
+
+But to little Tim it meant only one thing--the greatest, most beautiful
+thing that could be--the Terror was gone forever. He took a deep breath
+and looked about him on a new world.
+
+
+
+
+  [Illustration]
+
+JAPAN'S STRENGTH IN WAR
+
+BY GENERAL KUROPATKIN
+
+TRANSLATED BY GEORGE KENNAN
+
+ILLUSTRATED WITH PHOTOGRAPHS
+
+
+Although the trial of war through which our country and our army passed
+in 1904-5 is now a subject for history, the material thus far collected
+is not sufficiently abundant to enable the historian to estimate fairly
+the events that preceded the war, nor to give a detailed explanation
+of the defeats that we sustained in the course of it. It is urgently
+necessary, however, that we should make immediate use of our recent
+experience, because by ascertaining the nature of our mistakes and the
+weaknesses of our troops we may learn what means should be adopted
+to increase, hereafter, the material and spiritual strength of our
+military force.
+
+In times past, when wars were carried on by small standing armies,
+defeats did not affect the every-day interests of the whole nation
+so profoundly as they affect them now, when the obligation to render
+military service is general, and when, in time of war, most of our
+soldiers are drawn from the great body of the people. If a war is to
+be successful, in these days, it must be carried on, not by an army,
+but by an armed nation, and in such a contest all sides of the national
+life are more seriously affected and all defeats are more acutely felt
+than they were in times past.
+
+When the national pride has been humiliated by failure in war, attempts
+are usually made to ascertain what brought about the failure and who
+was responsible for it. Some persons attribute it to general causes,
+others to special causes. Some censure the system, or the régime,
+while others throw the blame on particular individuals. I have been
+so closely connected with immensely important events in the Far East,
+and have been responsible to such an extent for the failure of our
+military operations there, that I can hardly hope to take an absolutely
+dispassionate and objective view of the persons and matters that I
+shall deal with in the present work; but my object is not so much
+to justify myself by replying to the charges that have been brought
+against me personally as to furnish material that will make it easier
+for the future historian to state fairly the reasons for our defeat,
+and thus render possible the adoption of measures that will prevent
+such defeats hereafter. The army that Russia put into the field in
+1904-5 was unable, in the time allowed, to conquer the Japanese; and
+yet Japan, only a short time before the war began, had no regular army
+and was regarded by us as a second-class Power. How was she able to win
+a complete victory over Russia at sea, and to defeat a powerful Russian
+army on land? Many writers will study this question and, in time, they
+will give us a comprehensive answer to it; but I shall confine myself,
+in the present work, to an enumeration of the most broad and general
+reasons for Japanese success. Among the most important of such reasons
+is the following:--we did not fully appreciate the material and moral
+strength of Japan and did not regard a conflict with her seriously
+enough.[A]
+
+
+_The Secret Growth of Japan's Army_
+
+The Japanese first became our neighbors when, in the reign of Peter
+the Great, we acquired the peninsula of Kamchatka. In 1860, by virtue
+of the Treaty of Peking, we took peaceful possession of the extensive
+Usuri territory; moved down to the boundary of Korea; and obtained
+an outlet on the Sea of Japan. This sea, which is almost completely
+enclosed by Korea and the Japanese islands, was immensely important
+to the whole adjacent coast of the main land; but as the straits that
+connected it with the ocean were in the hands of the Japanese, we might
+easily be prevented by them from getting free access to the Pacific.
+When we acquired the island of Sakhalin, we obtained an outlet through
+the Tartar Strait; but that was all we had, and during a large part of
+the time it was frozen over.
+
+For a long time, Japan lived a life that was wholly apart from ours and
+did not particularly attract our attention. We knew the Japanese as
+extremely skilful and patient artisans; we were fond of the things that
+they made; and we were charmed with the delicacy and bright coloring of
+their artistic products; but, from a military point of view, we took no
+interest in them and regarded them as a weak nation. Our sailors always
+spoke with sympathetic appreciation of the country and its inhabitants,
+and were delighted to stay in Japanese ports--especially Nagasaki,
+where they were liked and favorably remembered; but our travellers,
+diplomats, and naval officers entirely overlooked the awakening of an
+energetic, independent people.
+
+In 1867, the army of Japan consisted of nine battalions of infantry,
+two squadrons of cavalry, and eight batteries, and numbered only 10,000
+men. This force, which formed the _cadre_ of the present army, had French
+teachers and adopted from the latter the French uniform. After the
+Franco-German war of 1870-71, German officers took the places of the
+French instructors; military service was made a national obligation;
+and Japanese officers were sent to Europe, every year, for the purpose
+of study. At the time of her war with China, Japan had an army
+consisting of seven infantry divisions; but finding herself unable, at
+the end of that war, to retain the fruits of her victory, on account
+of her weakness both on land and at sea, she made every possible
+effort to create an army and a fleet that would be strong enough to
+protect her interests. On the 19th of March, 1896, the Mikado issued
+a decree providing for such a reorganization of the army as would
+double its strength in the course of seven years. This reorganization
+was completed in 1903. Our military and naval authorities did not
+overlook the creation and development in Japan of a strong army and
+fleet; but they confined themselves to the collection and tabulation of
+statistics. We kept an account of every ship built and every division
+of troops organized; but we did not estimate highly enough these
+beginnings of Japan, and did not admit the possibility of measuring her
+fighting-power by European standards. The latest information that we
+had with regard to her military strength, prior to the late war, was
+compiled by our General Staff from the reports of Colonel Vannofski
+and other Russian military agents in Tokio. It showed that her army,
+on a peace footing, numbered 8,116 officers and 133,457 men (not
+including the troops in Formosa); and on a war footing, 10,735 officers
+(not including reserve officers) and 348,074 men, with perhaps 50,000
+untrained reserve recruits. There was no mention of additional reserve
+forces.
+
+
+_Russian Generals Pigeonhole Reports of Japan's Fighting Strength_
+
+In 1903 Colonel Adabash, who had just visited Japan, gave to General
+Zhilinski, of our General Staff, very important information with regard
+to new reserves which the Japanese were organizing for service in case
+of war. Inasmuch, however, as this information did not agree at all
+with that previously furnished by Colonel Vannofski, General Zhilinski
+did not give it credence. A few months later, Captain Rusine, a very
+talented officer who was acting as naval observer in Japan, made a
+similar report upon Japanese reserves to his superiors, and extracts
+from it were furnished to General Sakharoff, Chief of Staff of the
+army. Although the information contained in this report ultimately
+proved to be perfectly accurate, the report was pigeonholed, simply
+because Generals Zhilinski and Sakharoff did not believe it; and in our
+compendium of data with regard to the military strength of Japan in
+1903-4, no reference whatever was made to additional reserve forces.
+According to the figures of our General Staff, therefore, the total
+number of available men in the standing army, the territorial army, and
+the regular reserve of Japan, was a little more than 400,000.[B]
+
+  [Illustration: _Stereograph copyright, 1904, by Underwood & Underwood_
+
+  SCHOOL CHILDREN BEING DRILLED IN MILITARY TACTICS NEAR TOKIO, JAPAN]
+
+Recently published official reports of General Kipke, Chief Medical
+Inspector of the Japanese army, show that the loss of the Japanese in
+killed and wounded, in the course of the war, was as follows:
+
+  Killed         47,387
+  Wounded       173,425
+
+     Total      220,812
+
+Their loss in killed, wounded, and sick was 554,885--a number
+considerably greater than the whole force which, according to the
+figures of our General Staff, they could put into the field. They sent
+320,000 sick and wounded back from Manchuria to Japan.
+
+  [Illustration: VISCOUNT KATSURA
+
+  PRIME MINISTER OF JAPAN DURING THE RUSSIAN-JAPANESE WAR]
+
+Other available information is to the effect that the bodies of 60,624
+killed were buried in the cemetery of honor in Tokio, and that, in
+addition to these, 75,545 men died from wounds or disease. The Japanese
+thus admit the loss of 135,000 men by death.[C]
+
+Their Chief Medical Inspector says that their killed and wounded
+amounted to 14.58 per cent of their entire force, from which it would
+appear that they put into the field against us troops of various
+categories to the number of 1,500,000--or more than three times the
+estimate of our General Staff. In view of these facts, it is evident
+that our information with regard to their fighting strength was
+insufficient. At the time when they had hundreds of avowed and secret
+agents in the Far East, studying the strength of our land and naval
+forces, we entrusted the collection of data with regard to their
+military strength and resources to a single officer of the General
+Staff, and, unfortunately, our military observers were not always
+well selected. One of these experts in Japanese affairs said, in
+Vladivostok, before hostilities began, that, in the event of war, we
+might count on one Russian soldier as equal to three Japanese. After
+the first engagements he moderated his tone and admitted that it might
+be necessary to put one Russian against every Japanese. At the end of
+another month he declared that, in order to win victories, we must meet
+every Japanese soldier in the field with three Russians. Another of
+our military agents, who had been in Japan, predicted authoritatively
+that Port Arthur would fall in a very short time, and that immediately
+thereafter the same fate would overtake Vladivostok. I sharply
+reprimanded the faint-hearted babbler and threatened to dismiss him
+from the army if he continued to make such injurious and inopportune
+remarks.
+
+
+_Moral Superiority of the Japanese_
+
+But it was not only with regard to Japan's material strength that
+our information was insufficient. We underestimated, or entirely
+overlooked, her moral strength. According to that great leader
+Napoleon, three fourths of an army's success in war is due to the moral
+character of its soldiers. This relation of moral character to material
+success still exists, although the conditions of battle, in these
+days, are more trying than they were in the Napoleonic wars. And now,
+more than ever before, the moral strength of the army depends upon the
+temper of the nation. Armies are now so organized that, in case of war,
+soldiers are drawn, for the most part, from the reserves. A successful
+war, therefore, must be a popular war, and victory must be attained by
+the hearty coöperation of the whole people with its Government.
+The recent contest in Manchuria was a popular war for the Japanese, but
+not for us. The Korean question, and the question of naval supremacy
+on the waters of the Pacific, involved vital Japanese interests, and
+the immense importance of these interests was so clearly understood
+and so fully appreciated by the Japanese people that the war for their
+protection was a national war. Japan spent ten years in preparing
+for it, and then the whole nation carried it on. Japanese soldiers,
+deeply conscious of the bearing that their exploits might have on
+the future of the country, fought with a self-sacrificing devotion
+and a stubbornness that we had never seen in any war in which we had
+previously been engaged. Sometimes, in villages that we had taken by
+assault, a handful of Japanese soldiers would barricade themselves in
+native houses and die there rather than retreat or surrender. Japanese
+officers who fell into our hands--even wounded officers--generally
+committed suicide.
+
+It is quite possible that when we have a true history of the war based
+on Japanese sources of information, our pride may receive another blow.
+We already know that in many cases we outnumbered the enemy, and still
+we were not victorious. The explanation of this, however, is very
+simple. The Japanese, in these cases, were inferior to us materially,
+but they were stronger than we morally.[D] To this aspect of the
+struggle we should give particular attention, because military history
+shows that, in all wars, the antagonist who is strongest morally wins
+the victory. The only exceptions are such contests as that between the
+English and the Boers in South Africa and that between the North and
+the South in America. The English were weaker than the Boers morally,
+but they put into the field an overwhelming force, and, in spite of
+many defeats, they finally conquered. In the American war, the army
+of the South was in the same position that the Boer army was, and the
+Northerners had to put a superior force into the field in order to
+overcome it.
+
+  [Illustration: GENERAL TERAUCHI
+
+  JAPANESE MINISTER OF WAR]
+
+
+_Extraordinary Popularity of the War in Japan_
+
+Among the sources of moral strength that failed to attract our
+attention in Japan were the following: The training of her citizens had
+long been patriotic and warlike in tendency; her educational system had
+inculcated an ardent love of country; and even in her primary schools
+children were prepared, from their earliest years, to be soldiers. The
+people regarded the army with profound respect and trust, and young
+men served in it with pride. All these things we failed to see, and we
+overlooked also the iron discipline enforced in the army and the rôle
+played in it by the samurai officers. We wholly failed to appreciate,
+moreover, the vital importance of the Korean question to Japan, and the
+strength of the hostile feeling that was raised against us when the
+Japanese were deprived of the fruits of their victory after their war
+with China. The party of Young Japan had long insisted upon war with
+Russia and had been restrained only by a prudent Government.
+
+When the war began, we recovered our powers of perception, but it was
+then too late. And at that time, when the war was not only unpopular
+in Russia but incomprehensible to the Russian people, the Japanese,
+with a great outburst of enthusiastic patriotism, were responding,
+like a single man, to the call to arms. In some cases Japanese mothers
+even killed themselves, when their sons, on account of weakness or ill
+health, were denied admission to the army. Hundreds of men volunteered
+to undertake the most desperate enterprises, in the face of certain
+death; and many officers and soldiers, before going to the front, had
+funeral ceremonies performed over their bodies, in order to show that
+they intended to die for their native land. The youth of the Empire
+crowded into the army, and the heads of the most distinguished families
+sought to serve their country by enlisting themselves, by sending
+their sons to the front, or by helping to pay the expenses of the war.
+Some Japanese regiments, in attacking our positions, threw themselves
+with the cry of "Banzai!" upon our obstructions, struggled over or
+through them, filled our ditches with the bodies of their dead, and
+then, rushing across upon the corpses of their comrades, forced their
+way into our entrenchments. The army and the whole people appreciated
+the importance of the war, understood the significance of the events
+that were taking place, and were ready to make sacrifices in order to
+achieve success.
+
+  [Illustration: _Copyrighted by Underwood & Underwood_
+
+  GENERAL KODAMA
+
+  CHIEF STAFF OFFICER OF THE JAPANESE ARMY IN MANCHURIA]
+
+
+_Military Training of Japanese Children_
+
+After the Japanese-Chinese war, of which I made a most careful and
+detailed study, I myself was inspired with a feeling of respect for the
+Japanese army and watched its growth with anxiety. Then, in 1900, the
+part played by the Japanese troops that coöperated with ours in the
+province of Pechili confirmed me in the belief that they were excellent
+soldiers. During my short stay in Japan, I was unable to acquaint
+myself thoroughly with the country and its military forces, but what I
+did learn was enough to convince me that the results attained by the
+Japanese in the course of twenty-five or thirty years were astounding.
+I saw a beautiful country, with a large and industrious population.
+Intense activity prevailed everywhere, and I was impressed by the
+people's joy in life, their love of country, and their faith in
+their future. In their military school, where I saw a Spartan system
+of education, the exercises of the cadets with pikes, rifles, and
+broadswords were not approached by anything of the kind that I had
+witnessed in Europe,--it was fighting of the fiercest character. At
+the end of the struggle there was a hand-to-hand combat, which lasted
+until the victors stood triumphant over the bodies of the vanquished
+and tore off their masks. In these exercises, which were very severe,
+the cadets struck one another fiercely and with wild cries; but the
+moment a prearranged signal was given, or the fight came to an end,
+the combatants drew themselves up in a line and their faces assumed an
+expression of wooden composure.
+
+  [Illustration: _Stereograph copyrighted by the H. C. White Co._
+
+  MARSHAL OYAMA
+
+  COMMANDER-IN-CHIEF IN MANCHURIA OF THE JAPANESE ARMY DURING THE
+  RUSSO-JAPANESE WAR]
+
+In all the public schools prominence was given to military exercises,
+and the pupils took part in them with enthusiasm. Even in their walks
+they practised running, flanking, and sudden, unexpected attacks of
+one party on another. The history of Japan was everywhere made a means
+of strengthening the pupils' patriotism and their belief in Japan's
+invincibility. Particular stress was laid upon the country's successful
+wars, the heroes of them were extolled, and the children were taught
+that none of Japan's military enterprises had ever failed.
+
+
+_Japan's Material Resources_
+
+In the manufactories of arms I saw the turning out of rifles in immense
+numbers, and the work was being done swiftly, accurately, and cheaply.
+In Kobe and Nagasaki I inspected attentively the ship-building yards,
+where they were constructing not only torpedo boats but armored
+cruisers, and where all the work was being done by their own mechanics
+and foremen under the direction of their own engineers. At the great
+national exposition in Osaka there was a splendid and instructive
+display of the country's manufactures, including textiles, products of
+cottage industry, complicated instruments, grand pianos, and guns of
+the largest caliber--all made in Japan, by Japanese workmen, and out of
+Japanese materials. I saw nothing of foreign origin except raw cotton
+and iron, which were imported from China and Europe. And the products
+displayed at this exposition were not more worthy of attention than the
+observant, courteous, and always dignified throng of Japanese visitors.
+
+In the agriculture of Japan many of the methods were ancient, but the
+culture was unquestionably high. The fields were carefully worked,
+and the effort to make every foot of land yield all that it could,
+the struggle to raise crops even on the mountain sides, and the
+insufficiency of the country's food products despite this intensive
+culture, showed that the people were becoming overcrowded on their
+islands, and that the Korean question was for them a question of vital
+importance. I lived ten days among the fishermen, and saw something
+of the reverse side of Japan's rapid development under European
+conditions. Many complaints were made to me of heavy taxes, which
+had increased greatly in later years, and of the high cost of the
+necessaries of life.
+
+I witnessed reviews of the Japanese troops, including the division
+of Guards, two regiments of the First Division, two regiments of
+cavalry, and many batteries. The marching was admirable, and the
+common soldiers appeared like our younkers. The officers and leaders
+of the Japanese army whom I saw and met made upon me a very favorable
+impression. The culture and knowledge of military affairs that many
+of them possessed would have given them places of honor in any army.
+With General Terauchi, the Japanese Minister of War, I had had
+friendly relations ever since 1886, when we met in France at the
+great manoeuvers directed by General Levalle. Among others whose
+acquaintance I made were Generals Yamagata, Oyama, Kodama, Fukushima,
+Nodzu, Hasegawa, and Murata, and the Imperial princes, Fushimi and
+Kanin. In spite of a terrible war, which has separated by a barrier
+nations that were apparently created for union and friendship, I
+still cherish a sympathetic feeling for my Tokio acquaintances.
+Especially do I remember with respect their ardent love of country and
+their devotion to their Emperor--feelings that they have since made
+manifest in deeds. I met also in Tokio many leaders in fields other
+than that of war, among whom were Ito, Katsura, and Komura. In the
+report that I made to the Emperor, after my return from Japan, I placed
+the military power of the Japanese on a level with that of European
+nations. I regarded one of our battalions as equal to two battalions of
+Japanese in defence, but I estimated that in attack we should have two
+battalions to their one. The test of war has shown that my conclusions
+were correct. There were lamentable cases, of course, in which the
+Japanese, with a smaller number of battalions, drove our forces from
+the positions that they occupied; but these results were due either to
+mistakes in the direction of our troops, or to numerical inferiority
+in the fighting strength of our battalions. In the last days of the
+battle of Mukden, some of our brigades consisted of hardly more than a
+thousand bayonets. It is evident that the Japanese had to put into the
+field only two or three battalions in order to deal successfully with a
+brigade of such depleted strength.
+
+All that I saw and learned of Japan, or her military strength, and of
+the nature of her problems in the Far East, convinced me that it would
+be necessary for us to come to a peaceable understanding with her, and
+that we should have to make great concessions--concessions that, at
+first sight, might seem humiliating to our national pride--in order to
+avoid war with her. As I have already said, I did not hesitate even
+to propose the return of Port Arthur and Kwang-tung to China and the
+sale of the southern branch of the Eastern Chinese Railway. I foresaw
+that the threatened war would be extremely unpopular in Russia; that
+there would be no manifestation of patriotic spirit, on account of the
+people's ignorance of the objects of the war; and that the leaders of
+the anti-Government party would avail themselves of the opportunity
+to increase domestic discontent and disorder. I did not, however,
+anticipate that the Japanese would display so much energy, activity,
+courage, and lofty patriotism, and I therefore erred in my estimate of
+the time that the struggle would require. In view of the insufficiency
+of our railroad transportation, we should have allowed three years for
+the war, instead of the year and a half that I thought would be enough.
+
+With all their strong points, the Japanese manifested weaknesses that
+may be shown again in future wars. I shall not enumerate them, but I
+will say that, in many cases, the outcome of the fight was in doubt,
+and that in other cases we escaped defeat only through the errors of
+the Japanese commanders. There is a saying that "the victor is not
+judged." I may add that to the victor is rendered homage, and this is
+true of the Japanese. The general tone of the whole press was favorable
+to them, and even their practical and well-balanced heads might well
+have been turned by the praise that they received. No one went further
+in this direction than Count Leo Tolstoi. In an article published in
+a foreign journal,[E] our gifted author and philosopher expressed
+the conviction that the Japanese defeated us because, owing to their
+warlike patriotism and the power of their ruling authorities, they are
+the mightiest nation on earth, and are not to be conquered by any one,
+either at sea or on land.
+
+  [Illustration: _Stereograph copyrighted by Underwood & Underwood_
+
+  JAPANESE ARMY TRANSPORTATION CORPS MOVING ONE OF THE GREAT SIEGE GUNS
+  WHICH WERE USED IN THE DESTRUCTION OF PORT ARTHUR]
+
+The strength of Japan was in the complete union of her people, army,
+and government, and it was this union that gave her the victory. We
+carried on the contest with our army alone, and even the army was
+weakened by the unfavorable disposition of the people toward all things
+military. Our aims in the Far East were not understood by our officers
+and soldiers, and, furthermore, the general feeling of discontent
+which already prevailed in all classes of our population made the war
+so hateful that it aroused no patriotism whatever. Many good officers
+hastened to offer their services--a fact that is easily explained--but
+all ranks of society remained indifferent. A few hundreds of the common
+people volunteered, but no eagerness to enter the army was shown by the
+sons of our high dignitaries, of our merchants, or of our scientific
+men. Out of the tens of thousands of students who were then living
+in idleness,[F] many of them at the expense of the Empire, only a
+handful volunteered,[G] while at that very time, in Japan, sons of the
+most distinguished citizens--even boys fourteen and fifteen years of
+age--were striving for places in the ranks. Japanese mothers, as I have
+already said, killed themselves through shame, when their sons were
+found to be physically unfit for military service.
+
+
+_Russian Discipline Undermined by the Revolutionists_
+
+The indifference of Russia to the bloody struggle which her sons were
+carrying on--for little understood objects and in a foreign land--could
+not fail to discourage even the best soldiers. Men are not inspired
+to deeds of heroism by such an attitude toward them on the part of
+their country. But Russia was not merely indifferent. Leaders of the
+revolutionary party strove, with extraordinary energy, to multiply our
+chances of failure, hoping thus to facilitate the attainment of their
+own dark objects. There appeared a whole literature of clandestine
+publications, intended to lessen the confidence of officers in their
+superiors, to shake the trust of soldiers in their officers, and to
+undermine the faith of the whole army in the Government. In an "Address
+to the Officers of the Russian Army," published and widely circulated
+by the Social Revolutionists, the main idea was expressed as follows:
+
+"The worst and most dangerous enemy of the Russian people--in fact, its
+only enemy--is the present Government. It is this Government that is
+carrying on the war with Japan, and you are fighting under its banners
+in an unjust cause. Every victory that you win threatens Russia with
+the calamity involved in the maintenance of what the Government calls
+'order,' and every defeat that you suffer brings nearer the hour of
+deliverance. Is it surprising, therefore, that Russians rejoice when
+your adversary is victorious?"
+
+But persons who had nothing in common with the Social Revolutionary
+party, and who sincerely loved their country, gave aid to Russia's
+enemies by expressing the opinion, in the press, that the war was
+irrational, and by criticizing the mistakes of the Government that had
+failed to prevent it. In a brochure entitled "Thoughts Suggested by
+Recent Military Operations," M. Gorbatoff referred to such persons as
+follows:
+
+"But it is a still more grievous fact that while our heroic soldiers
+are carrying on a life-and-death struggle, these so-called friends of
+the people whisper to them: 'Gentlemen, you are heroes, but you are
+facing death without reason. You will die to pay for Russia's mistaken
+policy, and not to defend Russia's vital interests.' What can be more
+terrible than the part played by these so-called friends of the people
+when they undermine in this way the intellectual faith of heroic men
+who are going to their death? One can easily imagine the state of
+mind of an officer or soldier who goes into battle after reading,
+in newspapers or magazines, articles referring in this way to the
+irrationality and uselessness of the war. It is from these self-styled
+friends of the people that the revolutionary party gets support in its
+effort to break down the discipline of our troops."
+
+Soldiers of the reserves, when called into active service, were
+furnished by the anti-Government party with proclamations intended
+to prejudice them against their officers, and similar proclamations
+were sent to the army in Manchuria. Troops in the field received
+letters apprising them of popular disorders in Russia, and men sick in
+hospitals, as well as men on duty in our advanced positions, read in
+the newspapers articles that undermined their faith in their commanders
+and their leaders. The work of breaking down the discipline of the army
+was carried on energetically, and, of course, it was not altogether
+fruitless. The leaders of the movement, in striving to attain their
+well defined objects, took for their motto: "The worse things are, the
+better"; and the ideal at which they aimed was the state of affairs
+brought about by the mutinous sailors on the armor-clad warship
+"Potemkin." These enemies of the army and the country were aided by
+certain other persons who were simply foolish and unreasonable. One can
+imagine the indignation that the Menchikoffs, the Kirilloffs and the
+Kuprins would feel, if they were told that they played the same part in
+the army that was played by the persons who incited the insubordination
+on the "Potemkin"; yet such was the case. It would be difficult,
+indeed, to imagine anything that could have been said to the sailors of
+the armor-clad for the purpose of exciting them against their officers
+that would have been worse than the language of Menchikoff, when, in
+writing of our army officers, he referred to their "blunted conscience,
+their drunkenness, their moral looseness, and their inveterate
+laziness." Firm in spirit though Russians might be, the indifference of
+one class of the population, and the seditious incitement of another,
+could hardly fail to have upon many of them an influence that was not
+favorable to the successful prosecution of war.
+
+
+_Attacks of the Russian Press_
+
+  [Illustration: _Copyrighted by Underwood & Underwood_
+
+  SCENE IN SHIBA PARK, TOKIO, WHERE TOGO'S NAVAL VICTORY WAS CELEBRATED
+  WITH WILD ENTHUSIASM]
+
+The party opposed to the Government distributed among our troops,
+especially in the West, hundreds of thousands of seditious
+proclamations exhorting the soldiers to work for defeat rather than
+for victory. Writers for newspapers and magazines, even though they
+did not belong to the anti-Government party, contributed to its
+success by lavishing abuse upon the army and its representatives. War
+correspondents, who knew little about our operations and still less
+about those of the Japanese, and who based their statements, not upon
+what they had seen, but upon what they had heard from untrustworthy
+sources, increased the disaffection of the people by exaggerating the
+seriousness of our failures. Even army officers, writing from the
+theatre of war, or after returning to Russia for reasons that were
+not always creditable to them, sought to gain reputation by means of
+hasty criticism which was often erroneous in its statements of fact and
+generally discouraging or complaining in tone. On the fighting line,
+heroic men without number faced and fought the enemy courageously for
+months, without ever losing their faith in ultimate victory; but from
+that part of the field little trustworthy news came. Brave soldiers,
+modest junior officers, and the commanders of regiments, companies,
+squadrons, and batteries in our advanced positions, did not write and
+had no time to write of their own labors and exploits, and few of the
+correspondents were willing to share their perils for the sake of being
+able to observe and describe their heroic deeds. There were among the
+correspondents some brave men who sincerely wished to be of use; but
+their lack of even elementary training in military science made it
+impossible for them to understand the complicated problems of war, and
+their work therefore was comparatively unproductive. The persons best
+qualified to see and judge, and to give information to the reading
+public, were the foreign military observers, who were attached to our
+armies in the field and who, in many cases, were extremely fortunate
+selections. These officers felt a brotherly affection for the soldiers
+whose perils and hardships they shared, and were regarded by the latter
+with love and esteem. Their reports, however, are very long in coming
+to us.
+
+  [Illustration: _Stereograph copyrighted by the H. C. White Co._
+
+  JAPANESE ARTILLERY TRANSPORTING A 7-1/2 C. M. MOUNTAIN GUN ACROSS THE
+  HILLS]
+
+Some of our correspondents, who lived in the rear of the army and saw
+the seamy side of the war, wrote descriptions of drunkenness, revelry,
+and profligacy (at Kharbin, for example) which distressed our reading
+public and gave a one-sided view of army life. Our press might have
+made our first defeats a means of rousing the spirit of patriotism
+and self-sacrifice; it might have exhorted the people to redouble
+their efforts as the difficulties of the war increased; it might have
+helped the Government to fill the gaps in our thinned ranks; it might
+have encouraged the faint-hearted, called forth the country's noblest
+sons, and opened to the army new sources of material and spiritual
+strength. But instead of doing any of these things, it played more or
+less into the hands of our foreign and domestic enemies; made the war
+hateful to the great mass of the population; depressed the spirits of
+soldiers going to the front, and undermined, in every way, the latter's
+faith in their officers and their rulers. This course of procedure
+did not rouse in the nation a determination to increase its efforts
+and to win victory at last, in spite of all difficulties. Quite the
+contrary! The soldiers who went to the front to fill up or reinforce
+our army carried with them seditious proclamations and the seeds of
+future defeats. Commanding officers in the Siberian military districts
+reported, as early as February, that detachments of supernumerary
+troops and reservists had plundered several railway stations, and at
+a later time regular troops, on their way to the front, were guilty
+of similar bad conduct. The drifting to the rear of large numbers
+of soldiers--especially the older reservists--while battles were in
+progress, was due not so much to cowardice as to the unsettling of
+the men's minds and to a disinclination on their part to continue the
+war. I may add that the opening of peace negotiations in Portsmouth,
+at a time when we were preparing for decisive operations, affected
+unfavorably the morale of the army's strongest elements.
+
+
+_The Russian Army Cut Off from the Nation_
+
+Mr. E. Martinoff, in an article entitled "Spirit and Temper of the
+Two Armies," points out that "even in time of peace, the Japanese
+people were so educated as to develop in them a patriotic and martial
+spirit. The very idea of war with Russia was generally popular, and
+throughout the contest the army was supported by the sympathy of the
+nation. In Russia, the reverse was true. Patriotism was shaken by the
+dissemination of ideas of cosmopolitanism and disarmament, and in the
+midst of a difficult campaign the attitude of the country toward the
+army was one of indifference, if not of actual hostility."
+
+This judgment is accurate, and it is evident, of course, that with
+such a relation between Russian society and the Manchurian army, it
+was impossible to expect from the latter any patriotic spirit, or
+any readiness to sacrifice life for the sake of the fatherland. In
+an admirable article entitled "The Feeling of Duty and the Love of
+Country," published in the "Russian Invalid" in 1906, Mr. A. Bilderling
+expressed certain profoundly true ideas as follows:
+
+"Our lack of success may have been due, in part, to various and
+complicated causes; to the misconduct of particular persons, to bad
+generalship, to lack of preparation in the army and the navy, to
+inadequacy of material resources, and to misappropriations in the
+departments of equipment and supply; but the principal reason for our
+defeat lies deeper, and is to be found in lack of patriotism, and in
+the absence of a feeling of duty toward and love for the fatherland.
+In a conflict between two peoples, the things of most importance are
+not material resources, but moral strength, exaltation of spirit, and
+patriotism. Victory is most likely to be achieved by the nation in
+which these qualities are most highly developed. Japan had long been
+preparing for war with us; all of her people desired it; and a feeling
+of lofty patriotism pervaded the whole country. In her army and her
+fleet, therefore, every man, from the commander-in-chief to the last
+soldier, not only knew what he was fighting for and what he might have
+to die for, but understood clearly that upon success in the struggle
+depended the fate of Japan, her political importance, and her future in
+the history of the world. Every soldier knew also that the whole nation
+stood behind him. With us, on the other hand, the war was unpopular
+from the very beginning. We neither desired it nor anticipated it, and,
+consequently, we were not prepared for it. Soldiers were hastily put
+into railway trains, and when, after a journey that lasted a month,
+they alighted in Manchuria, they did not know in what country they
+were, nor whom they were to fight, nor what the war was about. Even our
+higher commanders went to the front unwillingly and from a mere sense
+of duty. The whole army, moreover, felt that it was regarded by the
+country with indifference; that its life was not shared by the people;
+and that it was a mere fragment, cut off from the nation, thrown to a
+distance of nine thousand versts, and there abandoned to the caprice of
+fate. Before decisive fighting began, therefore, one of the contending
+armies advanced with the full expectation and confident belief that it
+would be victorious, while the other went forward with a demoralizing
+doubt of its own success."
+
+Generally speaking, the man who conquers in war is the man who is
+least afraid of death. We were unprepared in previous wars, as well
+as in this, and in previous wars we made mistakes; but when the
+preponderance of moral strength was on our side, as in the wars with
+the Swedes, the French, the Turks, the Caucasian mountaineers and the
+natives of Central Asia, we were victorious. In the late war, for
+reasons that are extremely complicated, our moral strength was less
+than that of the Japanese; and it was this inferiority, rather than
+mistakes in generalship, that caused our defeats, and that forced us
+to make tremendous efforts in order to succeed at all. Our lack of
+moral strength--as compared with the Japanese--affected all ranks of
+our army, from the highest to the lowest, and greatly reduced our
+fighting power. In a war waged under different conditions--a war in
+which the army had the confidence and encouragement of the country--the
+same officers and the same troops would have accomplished far more
+than they accomplished in Manchuria. The lack of martial spirit, of
+moral exaltation, and of heroic impulse, affected particularly our
+stubbornness in battle. In many cases we did not have dogged resolution
+enough to conquer such antagonists as the Japanese. Instead of holding,
+with unshakable tenacity, the positions assigned them, our troops often
+retreated, and, in such cases, our commanding officers of all ranks,
+without exception, lacked the power or the means to set things right.
+Instead of making renewed and extraordinary efforts to wrest victory
+from the enemy, they either permitted the retreat of the troops under
+their command, or themselves ordered such retreat. The army, however,
+never lost its strong sense of duty; and it was this that enabled
+many divisions, regiments, and battalions to increase their power
+of resistance with every battle. This peculiarity of the late war,
+together with our final acquirement of numerical preponderance and a
+noticeable decline of Japanese ardor, gave us reason to regard the
+future with confidence, and left no room for doubt as to our ultimate
+victory.
+
+
+_The Failure of the Russian Fleet_
+
+Among other reasons for the success of the Japanese, I may mention the
+following.
+
+The leading part in the war was to have been taken by our fleet. In the
+General Staff of the navy, as well as in that of the army, a detailed
+account was kept of all Japan's ships of war; but the directors
+of naval affairs in the Far East reckoned only tonnage, guns, and
+calibers, and when, in 1903, they found that the arithmetical totals
+of our Far Eastern fleet exceeded those of the entire Japanese fleet,
+they adopted, as a basis for our plan of operations, the following
+conclusions:
+
+1. "The relation that the strength of the Japanese fleet bears to the
+strength of our fleet is such that the possibility of the defeat of the
+latter is inadmissible."
+
+2. "The landing of the Japanese at Yinkow, or in Korea Bay, is not to
+be regarded as practicable."
+
+The strength of the land force that a war with Japan would require
+depended upon three things: (1) the strength of the army that the
+Japanese could put into Manchuria, or across our boundary; (2) the
+strength of our fleet; and (3) the transporting capacity of the railway
+upon which our troops would have to depend in concentration. If our
+fleet could defeat the fleet of the Japanese, military operations on
+the main land would be unnecessary. And even if the Japanese were
+not defeated in a general naval engagement, they would either have
+to obtain complete mastery of the sea, or leave a considerable part
+of their army at home for the protection of their own coast. Without
+command of the sea, moreover, they could not risk a landing on the
+Liao-tung peninsula, but would have to march through Korea, and that
+would give us time for concentration. By their desperate night attack
+upon our fleet at Port Arthur, before the declaration of war,[H] they
+obtained a temporary superiority in armored vessels, and made great
+use of it in getting command of the sea. Our fleet--especially after
+the death of Admiral Makaroff at the most critical moment in the
+execution of the Japanese plan of campaign--offered no resistance to
+the enemy whatever. Even when they landed in the immediate vicinity of
+Port Arthur, we did not make so much as an attempt to interfere with
+them. The results of this inaction were very damaging to our army. The
+Japanese, instead of finding it impossible to land troops in Korea Bay,
+as our naval authorities anticipated, were able to threaten us with a
+descent along the whole coast of the Liao-tung peninsula, beginning at
+Kwang-tung. Notwithstanding our weakness on land, Admiral Alexeieff
+thought it necessary to authorize a wide scattering of our troops, so
+we prepared to meet the Japanese on the Yalu, at Yinkow, and in the
+province of Kwang-tung. He had also permitted a dispersal of our naval
+forces, so that we were weak everywhere.
+
+
+_Advantages Secured by Japan's Naval Victory_
+
+Instead of making a landing in Korea only,--as was anticipated in the
+plan worked out at Port Arthur,--the Japanese, with their immense fleet
+of transports, landed three armies on the Liao-tung peninsula and a
+fourth in Korea. Then, leaving one army in front of Port Arthur, they
+pushed the other three forward toward our forces, Which were slowly
+concentrating on the Haicheng-Liaoyang line in southern Manchuria.
+Thus, having taken the initiative at sea, they obtained the same
+advantage on land. Their command of the sea enabled them to disregard
+the defence of their own coast and move against us with their entire
+strength. In this way--contrary to our anticipations--they were able,
+in the first stage of the war, to put into the field a force that was
+superior to ours. Command of the sea, moreover, made it possible for
+them to supply their armies quickly with all necessary munitions, and
+to transport to the field, in a few days, masses of heavy supplies,
+which we, with our feeble railroad, were hardly able to get in months.
+But command of the sea, and the almost complete inactivity of our
+fleet, gave them another advantage, not less important, and that
+was the possibility of bringing safely to their ports and arsenals
+quantities of commissary and military stores, weapons, horses, and
+cattle, which had been ordered in Europe and America. Their line of
+communications, furthermore, was short and secure, while we were at
+a distance of eight thousand versts from our base of supplies and
+were connected with our country only by one weak line of railway. The
+advantage that they had over us in this respect was immense. The slow
+concentration of our army, which had to be brought eight thousand
+versts over a single-track railroad, gave them time, after the war
+began, to form new bodies of troops, in considerable numbers, and send
+them to the front. They had time enough, also, to supply their army
+with innumerable machine guns, after they had observed, in the early
+stages of the war, the importance of machine-gun fire.
+
+The field of military operations in Manchuria had been familiar to the
+Japanese ever since their war with China. Its heat, its heavy rains,
+its mountains and its kiaoliang, were well known to them, because they
+had seen them all in their own country. In the mountains, especially,
+they felt perfectly at home, while a mountainous environment, to our
+troops, was oppressive. The Japanese, moreover, in their ten years of
+preparation for war with us, had not only studied Manchuria, but had
+secured there their own agents, who were of the greatest use to their
+army. The Chinese, I may add, assisted the Japanese, notwithstanding
+the severity and even cruelty with which the latter treated them.
+
+The Japanese had a considerable advantage over us, also, in their
+high-powered ammunition, their machine guns, their innumerable mountain
+guns, their abundant supply of explosives, and their means of attack
+and defence in the shape of wire, mines, and hand grenades. Their
+organization, equipment, and transport carts were all better adapted
+to the field of operations than ours were, and their bodies of sappers
+were more numerous than ours.
+
+The Japanese soldiers had been so trained as to develop self-reliance
+and ability to take the lead, and they were credited by foreign
+military observers with "intelligence, initiative, and quickness," In
+the fighting instructions that were given them, very material changes
+were made after the war began. At the outset, for example, night
+attacks were not recommended; but they soon satisfied themselves that
+night attacks were profitable and they afterward made great use of
+them. Major von Luwitz, of the German army, in a brochure entitled "The
+Japanese Attack in the War in Eastern Asia in 1904-05" says that while
+the Japanese did not neglect any means of making attacks effective, the
+secret of their success lay in their determination to get close to the
+enemy, regardless of consequences.
+
+
+_The Intellectual Superiority of the Japanese Soldier_
+
+The non-commissioned officers in the Japanese army were much superior
+to ours, on account of the better education and greater intellectual
+development of the Japanese common people. Many of them might have
+discharged the duties of commissioned officers with perfect success.
+The defects of our soldiers--both regulars and reservists--were the
+defects of the population as a whole. The peasants were imperfectly
+developed intellectually, and they made soldiers who had the same
+failing. The intellectual backwardness of our soldiers was a great
+disadvantage to us, because war now requires far more intelligence and
+initiative, on the part of the individual soldier, than ever before.
+Our men fought heroically in compact masses, or in fairly close
+formation, but if deprived of their officers they were more likely to
+fall back than to advance. In the mass we had immense strength; but few
+of our soldiers were capable of fighting intelligently as individuals.
+In this respect the Japanese were much superior to us. Their
+non-commissioned officers were far better developed, intellectually,
+than ours, and among such officers, as well as among many of the
+common soldiers, whom we took as prisoners, we found diaries which
+showed not only good education but knowledge of what was happening and
+intelligent comprehension of the military problems to be solved. Many
+of them could draw maps skilfully, and one common soldier was able to
+show accurately, by means of a plan sketched in the sand, the relative
+positions of the Japanese forces and ours.
+
+But the qualities that contributed most to the triumph of the Japanese
+were their high moral spirit, and the stubborn determination with which
+the struggle for success was carried on by every man in their army,
+from the common soldier to the commander-in-chief. In many cases, their
+situation was so distressing that it required extraordinary power
+of will on their part to stand fast or to advance. But the officers
+seemed to have resolution enough to call on their men for impossible
+efforts--not even hesitating to shoot those that fell back--and the
+soldiers, rallying their last physical and spiritual strength, often
+wrested the victory away from us. One thing is certain: if the whole
+Japanese army had not been inspired with an ardent patriotism; if it
+had not been sympathetically supported by the whole nation; and if all
+its officers and soldiers had not appreciated the immense importance
+of the struggle, even such resolution as that of the Japanese leaders
+would have failed to achieve such results.
+
+     [A] General Kuropatkin makes frequent use of the expression
+     "moral strength," or "moral character," and often employs the
+     English word "moral" instead of the corresponding Russian word.
+     He evidently intends that the adjective shall be understood in
+     its broadest signification, as a term covering patriotism, the
+     sense of duty, capacity for self-sacrifice, and all the qualities
+     that go to make up character as distinct from mere intellectual
+     ability.--G. K.
+
+     [B] Considerations of space have forced me to omit the greater
+     part of General Kuropatkin's detailed and somewhat technical
+     statement with regard to Japan's military strength and the extent
+     to which it was underestimated by the Russian General Staff.--G. K.
+
+     [C] According to information contained in Immanuel's work, "The
+     Russo-Japanese War," the Japanese lost 218,000 men in battle.
+
+     [D] General Kuropatkin uses the English words "materially" and
+     "morally."--G. K.
+
+     [E] _Fortnightly Review._
+
+     [F] On account of student disorders that had led to the closing of
+     the universities.--G. K.
+
+     [G] Medical students excepted.
+
+     [H] General Kuropatkin, it will be noticed, calls this night
+     attack "desperate," but does not characterize it as treacherous
+     or unfair. At the time when it occurred, however, the Russian
+     Government denounced it as a dishonorable violation of civilized
+     usage, if not of international law, while the loyal Russian
+     press held Japan up to the scorn of the world as a tricky and
+     treacherous antagonist. It is an interesting but little known fact
+     that the Tsar himself had ordered Admiral Alexeieff to attack
+     the Japanese in the same way, without notice and before any
+     declaration of war had been made. In the historically important
+     series of official dispatches from the archives of Port Arthur,
+     published in the liberal Russian review "Osvobozhdenie" at
+     Stuttgart in 1905 appears the following telegram sent by the Tsar
+     to the Viceroy just after the Japanese had broken off diplomatic
+     relations.
+
+                                 ST. PETERSBURG, JANUARY 26, 1904, O. S.
+
+     ALEXEIEFF
+
+          PORT ARTHUR.
+
+     It is desirable that the Japanese, and not we, should begin
+     military operations. If, therefore, they do not attack us, you
+     must not oppose their landing in southern Korea, or on the eastern
+     coast as far north as Gensan, inclusive. But if their fleet makes
+     a descent upon the western coast, or, without making a descent,
+     goes north of the 38th parallel, you are authorized to attack
+     them, without waiting for the first shot from their side. I rely
+     on you. May God assist you.
+
+                                (Signed)
+
+                                     NICHOLAS
+
+                                    (Signature in the Tsar's own hand)
+
+     It thus appears that Russia intended to attack Japan without
+     notice and without a declaration of war, but Alexeieff was not
+     quick enough--G. K.
+
+
+
+
+  [Illustration]
+
+THE DEATH OF HENRY IRVING
+
+BY ELLEN TERRY
+
+ILLUSTRATED WITH PHOTOGRAPHS
+
+_Copyright, 1908, by Ellen Terry (Mrs. Carew)_
+
+
+I have now nearly finished the history of my fifty years upon the stage.
+
+A good deal has been left out through want of skill in selection. Some
+things have been included which perhaps it would have been wiser to
+omit. I have tried my best to tell "all things faithfully," and it is
+possible that I have given offence where offence was not dreamed of;
+that some people will think that I should not have said this, while
+others, approving of "this," will be quite certain that I ought not to
+have said "that."
+
+"One said it thundered ... another that an angel spake----"
+
+It's the point of view.
+
+During my struggles with my refractory, fragmentary, and unsatisfactory
+memories, I have realised that life itself is a point of view. So if
+any one said to me: "And is this, then, what you call your life?" I
+should not resent the question one little bit.
+
+"We have heard," continues my imaginary and disappointed interlocutor,
+"a great deal about your life in the theatre. You have told us of plays
+and parts and rehearsals, of actors good and bad, of critics and of
+playwrights, of success and failure, but after all your whole life has
+not been lived in the theatre. Have you nothing to tell us about your
+different homes, your family life, your social diversions, your friends
+and acquaintances? During your long life there have been great changes
+in manners and customs; political parties have altered; a great Queen
+has died; your country has been engaged in two or three serious wars.
+Did all these things make no impression on you? Can you tell us nothing
+of your life in the world?"
+
+And I have to answer that I have lived very little in the world. After
+all, the life of an actress belongs to the theatre, as the life of a
+politician to the State.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+The recognition of my fifty years of stage life by the public and by
+my profession was quite unexpected. Henry Irving said to me not long
+before his death in 1905 that he believed that they (the theatrical
+profession) "intended to celebrate our Jubilee." (If he had lived, he
+would have completed his fifty years on the stage in the autumn of
+1906.) He said that there would be a monster performance at Drury Lane,
+and that already the profession were discussing what form it was to
+take.
+
+After his death, I thought no more of the matter. Indeed, I did not
+want to think about it, for any recognition of my Jubilee which did not
+include his seemed to me very unnecessary.
+
+  [Illustration: SIR HENRY IRVING
+
+  FROM A PHOTOGRAPH IN THE POSSESSION OF MISS EVELYN SMALLEY]
+
+  [Illustration: _From the collection of Miss Evelyn Smalley_
+
+  "OLIVIA"
+
+  DRAWN BY SIR EDWIN HENRY FOR MISS HENRY'S JUBILEE PROGRAMME]
+
+Of course, I was pleased that others thought it necessary. I enjoyed
+all the celebrations. Even the speeches that I had to make did not
+spoil my enjoyment. The difficulty was to thank people as they deserved.
+
+I can never forget that London's youngest newspaper first conceived the
+idea of celebrating my stage Jubilee. Of course, the old-established
+journals didn't like it, but I suppose no scheme of this kind is ever
+organized without some people not liking something!
+
+The matinée given in my honour at Drury Lane by the theatrical
+profession was a wonderful sight. The two things about it which touched
+me most deeply were my visit the night before to the crowd who were
+waiting to get into the gallery, and the presence of Eleonora Duse,
+who came all the way from Florence just to honour me. I appreciated
+very much, too, the kindness of Signor Caruso in singing for me. I did
+not know him at all, and the gift of his service was essentially the
+impersonal desire of an artist to honour another artist.
+
+When the details of my Jubilee performance at Drury Lane were being
+arranged, the committee decided to ask certain distinguished artists
+to contribute to the programme. They were all delighted about it, and
+such busy men as Sir Lawrence Alma-Tadema, Mr. Abbey, Mr. Byam Shaw,
+Mr. Walter Crane, Mr. Bernard Partridge, Mr. James Pryde, Mr. Orpen,
+and Mr. William Nicholson all gave some of their work to me. Mr.
+Sargent was asked if he would allow the first Lady Macbeth sketch to
+be reproduced. He found that it would not reproduce well, so in the
+height of the season and of his work with fashionable sitters, he did
+an entirely new sketch, in black and white, of the same subject! This
+act of kind friendship I could never forget, even if the picture were
+not in front of me at this minute to remind me of it! "You must think
+of me as one of the people bowing down to you in the picture," he wrote
+to me when he sent the new version for the programme. Nothing during my
+Jubilee celebrations touched me more than this wonderful kindness of
+Mr. Sargent's.
+
+Burne-Jones would have done something for my Jubilee programme too,
+I think, had he lived. He was one of my kindest friends, and his
+letters--he was a heaven-born letter-writer--were like no one else's,
+full of charm and humour and feeling. Once, when I sent him a trifle
+for some charity, he wrote me this particularly charming letter:
+
+"Dear Lady,
+
+"This morning came the delightful crinkly paper that always means
+you! If anybody else ever used it, I think I should assault them! I
+certainly wouldn't read their letter or answer it.
+
+"And I know the cheque will be very useful. If I thought much about
+those wretched homes, or saw them often, I should do no more work, I
+know. There is but one thing to do--to help with a little money if you
+can manage it, and then try hard to forget. Yes, I am certain that I
+should never paint again if I saw much of those hopeless lives that
+have no remedy....
+
+"You would always have been lovely and made some beauty about you if
+you had been born there--but I should have got drunk and beaten my
+family and been altogether horrible! When everything goes just as I
+like, and painting prospers a bit, and the air is warm, and friends
+well, and everything perfectly comfortable, I can just manage to behave
+decently, and a spoilt fool I am--that's the truth. But wherever you
+were, some garden would grow.
+
+"Yes, I know Winchelsea and Rye and Lynn and Hythe--all bonny places,
+and Hythe has a church it may be proud of. Under the sea is another
+Winchelsea, a poor drowned city--about a mile out at sea, I think,
+always marked in old maps as 'Winchelsea Dround.' If ever the sea goes
+back on that changing coast, there may be great fun when the spires and
+towers come up again. It's a pretty land to drive in.
+
+"I am growing downright stupid--I can't work at all, nor think of
+anything. Will my wits ever come back to me?
+
+  [Illustration: _From the collection of Miss Evelyn Smalley_
+
+  _Copyright by Window & Grove_
+
+  ELLEN TERRY AS HERMIONE IN "THE WINTER'S TALE"
+
+  THE PART PLAYED BY MISS TERRY AT HIS MAJESTY'S THEATRE IN 1906]
+
+"And when are you coming back--when will the Lyceum be in its rightful
+hands again? I refuse to go there till you come back...."
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+One of those little things almost too good to be true happened at
+the close of the Drury Lane matinée. A four-wheeler was hailed for
+me by the stage-door keeper, and my daughter and I drove off to Lady
+Bancroft's in Berkeley Square to leave some flowers. Outside the
+house, the cabman told my daughter that in old days he had often
+driven Charles Kean from the Princess Theatre, and that sometimes the
+little Miss Terrys were put inside the cab too and given a lift! My
+daughter thought it such an extraordinary coincidence that the old
+man should have come to the stage door of Drury Lane by a mere chance
+on my Jubilee day, that she took his address, and I was to send him a
+photograph and remuneration. But I promptly lost the address, and was
+never able to trace the old man.
+
+  [Illustration: 150 GRAFTON STREET
+
+  THE HOUSE WHERE HENRY IRVING LIVED DURING THE PERIOD OF HIS LYCEUM
+  MANAGEMENT]
+
+I was often asked during these Jubilee days, "how I felt about it all,"
+and I never could answer sensibly. The strange thing is that I don't
+know even now what was in my heart. Perhaps it was one of my chief joys
+that I had not to say good-bye at any of the celebrations. I could
+still speak to my profession as a fellow-comrade on the active list and
+to the public as one still in their service.
+
+All the time I knew perfectly well that the great show of honour and
+"friending" was not for me alone. Never for one instant did I forget
+this, nor that the light of the great man by whose side I had worked
+for a quarter of a century was still shining on me from his grave.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+It is commonly known, I think, that Henry Irving's health first began
+to fail in 1896.
+
+He went home to Grafton Street after the first night of the revival
+of "Richard III." and slipped on the stairs, injuring his knee. With
+characteristic fortitude, he struggled to his feet unassisted and
+walked to his room. This made the consequences of the accident far more
+serious, and he was not able to act for weeks.
+
+It was a bad year at the Lyceum.
+
+In 1898, when we were on tour, he caught a chill. Inflammation of the
+lungs, bronchitis, pneumonia followed. His heart was affected. He was
+never really well again.
+
+When I think of his work during the next seven years, I could weep!
+Never was there a more admirable, extraordinary worker; never was any
+one more splendid-couraged and patient.
+
+The seriousness of his illness in 1898 was never really known. He
+nearly died.
+
+"I am still fearfully anxious about H," I wrote to my daughter at the
+time. "It will be a long time at the best before he gains strength....
+But now I do hope for the best. I'm fairly well so far. All he wants is
+for me to keep my health, not my head. He knows I'm doing that! Last
+night I did three acts of Sans-Gêne and Nance Oldfield thrown in! That
+is a bit too much--awful work--and I can't risk it again.
+
+"A telegram just came: 'Steadily improving.' ... You should have seen
+Norman[I] as Shylock! It was not a bare 'get-through.' It was--the
+first night--an admirable performance, as well as a plucky one.... H.
+is more seriously ill than anyone dreams.... His look! Like the last
+act of Louis XI."
+
+  [Illustration: HENRY IRVING AS BECKET
+
+  THE PART IN WHICH IRVING MADE HIS LAST APPEARANCE ON OCTOBER 13, 1905,
+  THE NIGHT OF HIS DEATH]
+
+In 1902, on the last provincial tour that we ever went together, he
+was ill again, but he did not give in. One night when his cough was
+rending him, and he could hardly stand up for weakness, he acted so
+brilliantly and strongly that it was easy to believe in Christian
+Science "treatment." Strange to say, a newspaper man noticed the
+splendid power of his performance that night and wrote of it with
+uncommon discernment--a _provincial_ critic, by the way.
+
+In London, at the time, they were always urging Henry Irving to produce
+new plays by new playwrights! But in the face of the failure of most of
+the new work, and of his departing strength--and of the extraordinary
+support given him in the old plays (during this 1902 tour we took
+£4,000 at Glasgow in one week!)--Henry took the wiser course in doing
+nothing but the old plays to the end of the chapter.
+
+I realised how near, not only the end of the chapter, but the end of
+the book was when he was taken ill at Wolverhampton in the spring of
+1905.
+
+We had not acted together for more than two years then, and times were
+changed indeed.
+
+I went down to Wolverhampton when the news of his illness reached
+London. I arrived late and went to an hotel. It was not a good hotel,
+nor could I find a very good florist when I got up early the next
+day and went out with the intention of buying Henry some flowers. I
+wanted some bright-coloured ones for him--he had always liked bright
+flowers--and this florist dealt chiefly in white flowers--_funeral_
+flowers.
+
+At last I found some daffodils--my favourite flower. I bought a bunch,
+and the kind florist, whose heart was in the right place if his flowers
+were not, found me a nice simple glass to put it in. I knew the sort of
+vase that I should find at Henry's hotel.
+
+I remembered, on my way to the doctor's--for I had decided to see the
+doctor first--that in 1892, when my dear mother died, and I did not
+act for a few nights, when I came back, I found my room at the Lyceum
+filled with daffodils. "To make it look like sunshine," Henry said.
+
+The doctor talked to me quite frankly.
+
+"His heart is dangerously weak," he said.
+
+"Have you told him?" I asked.
+
+"I had to, because, the heart being in that condition, he must be
+careful."
+
+"Did he understand _really_?"
+
+"Oh, yes. He said he quite understood."
+
+(Yet, a few minutes later when I saw Henry, and begged him to remember
+what the doctor had said about his heart, he exclaimed: "Fiddle! It's
+not my heart at all! It's my _breath_!" Oh, the ignorance of great men!)
+
+"I also told him," the Wolverhampton doctor went on, "that he must not
+work so hard in future."
+
+I said; "He will, though,--and he's stronger than any one."
+
+Then I went round to the hotel.
+
+I found him sitting up in bed, drinking his coffee.
+
+He looked like some beautiful gray tree that I have seen in Savannah.
+His old dressing-gown hung about his frail yet majestic figure like
+some mysterious gray drapery.
+
+We were both very much moved and said little.
+
+"I'm glad you've come. Two Queens have been kind to me this morning.
+Queen Alexandra telegraphed to say how sorry she was I was ill, and now
+you----"
+
+He showed me the Queen's gracious message.
+
+I told him he looked thin and ill, but _rested_.
+
+"Rested! I should think so. I have plenty of time to rest. They tell
+me I shall be here eight weeks. Of course I shan't, but still--It
+was that rug in front of the door. I tripped over it. A commercial
+traveller picked me up--a kind fellow, but damn him, he wouldn't leave
+me afterwards--wanted to talk to me all night."
+
+I remembered his having said this, when I was told by his servant,
+Walter Collinson, that on the night of his death at Bradford he
+stumbled over the rug when he walked into the hotel corridor.
+
+We fell to talking about work. He said he hoped that I had a good
+manager ... agreed very heartily with me about Frohman, saying he was
+always so fair--more than fair.
+
+"What a wonderful life you've had, haven't you?" I exclaimed, thinking
+of it all in a flash.
+
+"Oh, yes," he said quietly, ... "a wonderful life--of work."
+
+  [Illustration: _Copyright by the London Stereoscopic Co._
+
+  HENRY IRVING AS MATTHIAS IN "THE BELLS"
+
+  IRVING GAVE HIS LAST PERFORMANCE OF "THE BELLS" AT BRADFORD, ON
+  OCTOBER 12, 1905, THE NIGHT BEFORE HIS DEATH ]
+
+  [Illustration: _Copyright by the Topical Press Agency_
+
+  IRVING'S DEATH MASK]
+
+"And there's nothing better, after all, is there?"
+
+"Nothing."
+
+"What have you got out of it all?... You and I are 'getting on,' as
+they say. Do you ever think, as I do sometimes, what you have got out
+of life?"
+
+"What have I got out of it?" said Henry, stroking his chin and
+smiling slightly. "Let me see.... Well, a good cigar, a good glass of
+wine--good friends--" Here he kissed my hand with courtesy. Always he
+was so courteous--always his actions, like this little one of kissing
+my hand, were so beautifully timed. They came just before the spoken
+words, and gave them peculiar value.
+
+"That's not a bad summing up of it all," I said. "And the end.... How
+would you like that to come?"
+
+"How would I like that to come?" He repeated my question, lightly, yet
+meditatively too. Then he was silent for some thirty seconds before he
+snapped his fingers--the action again before the words.
+
+"Like that!"
+
+I thought of the definition of inspiration--"A calculation quickly
+made." Perhaps he had never thought of the manner of his death before.
+Now he had an inspiration as to how it would come.
+
+We were silent a long time, I thinking how like some splendid Doge of
+Venice he looked, sitting up in bed, his beautiful mobile hand stroking
+his chin.
+
+I agreed, when I could speak, that to be snuffed out like a candle
+would save a lot of trouble.
+
+After Henry Irving's death in October of the same year, some of his
+friends protested against the statement that it was the kind of death
+he desired--that they knew, on the contrary, that he thought sudden
+death inexpressibly sad.
+
+I can only say what he told me.
+
+I stayed with him about three hours at Wolverhampton. Before I left,
+I went back to see the doctor again--a very nice man, by the way, and
+clever. He told me that Henry ought never to play "The Bells" again,
+even if he acted again, which he said ought not to be.
+
+It was clever of the doctor to see what a terrible emotional strain
+"The Bells" put upon Henry--how he never could play the part of
+Matthias "on his head," as he could Louis XI., for example.
+
+Every time he heard the sound of the bells, the throbbing of his heart
+must have nearly killed him. He used always to turn quite white--there
+was no trick about it. It was imagination acting physically on the body.
+
+  [Illustration: _From the collection of Miss Evelyn Smalley_
+
+  IRVING'S TOMB IN WESTMINSTER ABBEY]
+
+His death as Matthias--the death of a strong, robust man--was different
+from all his other stage deaths. He did really almost die--he imagined
+death with such horrible intensity. His eyes would disappear upwards,
+his face grow gray, his limbs cold.
+
+No wonder, then, that the first time that the Wolverhampton doctor's
+warning was disregarded, and Henry played "The Bells" at Bradford, his
+heart could not stand the strain. Within twenty-four hours of his last
+death as Matthias, he was dead.
+
+What a heroic thing was that last performance of Becket which came
+between! I am told by those who were in the company at the time that
+he was obviously suffering and dazed this last night of life. But he
+went through it all as usual. All that he had done for years, he did
+faithfully for the last time.
+
+Yes, I know it seems sad to the ordinary mind that he should have
+died in the entrance to an hotel in a country town, with no friend,
+no relation near him; only his faithful and devoted servant, Walter
+Collinson, whom--as was not his usual custom--he had asked to drive
+back to the hotel with him that night, was there. Do I not feel the
+tragedy of the beautiful body, for so many years the house of a
+thousand souls, being laid out in death by hands faithful and devoted
+enough, but not the hands of his kindred either in blood or in
+sympathy?...
+
+I do feel it, yet I know it was more appropriate to such a man than
+the deathbed where friends and relations weep. Henry Irving belonged
+to England, not to a family. England showed that she knew it when she
+buried him in Westminster Abbey.
+
+Years before I had discussed, half in joke, the possibility of this
+honour. I remember his saying to me with great simplicity, when I asked
+him what he expected of the public after his death: "I should like them
+to do their duty by me. And they will--they will!"
+
+There was not a touch of arrogance in this, just as I hope there was
+no touch of heartlessness in me because my chief thought during the
+funeral in Westminster Abbey was: "How Henry would have liked it!"
+The right note was struck, as I think was not the case at Tennyson's
+funeral thirteen years earlier.
+
+"Tennyson is buried to-day in Westminster Abbey," I wrote in my diary
+October 12th, 1892. "His majestic life and death spoke of him better
+than the service.... The music was poor and dull and weak while he was
+_strong_. The triumphant should have been the sentiment expressed.
+Faces one knew everywhere. Lord Salisbury looked fine. His massive head
+and sad eyes were remarkable. No face there, however, looked anything
+by the side of Henry's.... He looked very pale and slim and wonderful!"
+
+How terribly I missed that face at Henry's own funeral! I kept on
+expecting to see it, for indeed it seemed to me that he was directing
+the whole most moving and impressive ceremony.... I could almost hear
+him saying "Get on! get on!" in the parts of the service that dragged.
+When the sun, such a splendid tawny sun, burst across the solemn misty
+gray of the Abbey, at the very moment when the coffin, under its superb
+pall of laurel leaves, was carried up to the choir, I felt that it was
+an effect which he would have loved.
+
+I can understand any one who was present at Henry Irving's funeral
+thinking that this was his best memorial, and that any attempt to
+honour him afterwards would be superfluous and inadequate. But after
+all it was Henry Irving's commanding genius and his devotion of it
+to high objects, his personal influence on the English people, which
+secured him burial among England's great dead. The petition for the
+burial, presented to the Dean of the Chapter, and signed on the
+initiative of Henry Irving's leading fellow-actors by representative
+personages of influence, succeeded only because of Henry's unique
+position.
+
+"We worked very hard to get it done," I heard said more than once. And
+I often longed to answer: "Yes, you worked for it between Henry's death
+and his funeral. He worked for it all his life!"
+
+I have always desired some other memorial to Henry Irving than his
+honoured grave; not so much for his sake as for the sake of those who
+loved him, and would gladly welcome the opportunity of some great test
+of their devotion.
+
+THE END
+
+     [I] Mr. Norman Forbes-Robertson.
+
+
+
+
+THE VALLEY OF MILLS
+
+BY H. G. DWIGHT
+
+WITH A PAINTING BY F. BRANGWYN
+
+_The American Dragoman narrates to the Second Secretary_
+
+
+I shall never forget the night I got there. The train went no farther
+than Nicomedia in those days, and it took so long that you nearly died
+of old age on the way. But when the three red lights on the tail of
+it dwindled into the dark, I had the queerest sense of having been
+dropped into another world. It was the more so because one couldn't
+see an earthly thing--not a star, not even the Gulf which we were to
+cross. I only heard the lapping of it, close by, when the rumble of the
+train died out of the stillness. That and the crunch of steps on the
+sand were all there was to hear, and an occasional word I didn't catch.
+The men could hardly have been more silent if our lives had depended
+on it. I had no idea how many of them there were, or what they looked
+like--much less where they were taking me. They simply hoisted a sail
+and put off into the night. I would have sworn, too, that there was
+no wind. The sail filled, however: I could see the swaying pallor of
+it, and hear the ripple under the bow. And as my eyes got used to the
+darkness, I discovered an irregular silhouette in front of us, and a
+floating will-o'-the-wisp of a light. The silhouette grew taller and
+blacker till the boat grounded under it. Then, by the light of the
+will-o'-the-wisp, which was a sputtering oil lantern on shore, I made
+out some immense cypresses. You have no idea how eerie that landing
+was, in a waterside cemetery that was for all the world like Böcklin's
+Island of Death. The men moved like shadows about their Flying
+Dutchman of a boat, and their lantern just brought out the ghostliness
+of gravestones leaning between the columns of the cypresses. And I
+suddenly became aware of the strangest sound. I had no idea what it was
+or where it came from, but it was a sort of low moaning that fairly
+went into your bones. It grew louder when we started on again. We
+climbed an invisible trail where branches slashed at us in the dark,
+and all kinds of sharp and sweet and queer smells came put of it in
+waves. And nightingales began to sing like mad around us, and off in
+the distance somewhere jackals were barking, and under it all that low
+moaning went on and on and on. And at last we came out into an open
+space on top of the hill, where a bonfire made a hole in the black, and
+a couple of naked figures stood redly out in the penumbra of it, with a
+ring of faces flickering around them....
+
+I found out afterwards that the bonfire business was nothing but a
+wrestling match--they had them almost every night on the _meidan_--and
+the moaning came from the mill-wheels in the valley. But I never quite
+got over that first impression--that sense of walking through all kinds
+of things without seeing them. No sooner would I begin to feel a bit at
+home than something would bring me up with a jerk and remind me that
+I was a stranger in a strange land. I suppose it was natural enough,
+considering that I had only just come out then. The place was nothing
+but a snarl of muddy lanes and mud shanties, tossed into a filbert
+valley where water tumbled down to the Gulf. It was only about fifty
+miles away from here, but it might have been five thousand and fifty.
+There was none of the contrast with Europe that is always bothering you
+here--though perhaps it really sets things off. The people were all
+Turks, and their village was Asia pure and simple. That extraordinary
+juxtaposition of care and neglect, of the exquisite and the nauseating,
+which begins to strike you in Italy, and which strikes you so much more
+here, simply went to the top notch there. It was under your eyes--and
+nose--every minute. There were rugs and tiles and brasses that you
+couldn't keep your hands off of, in houses plastered with cow-dung. And
+the people used the gutters for drains, and their principal business
+was making attar of rose. You should have seen what gardens there
+were, hidden away behind mud-walls!
+
+What struck me most, though, was a something in it all which I never
+could lay my finger on. It seemed incredible that a country inhabited
+so long should show so few signs of it. The people might have camped
+in a clearing over night, and the woods were just waiting to cover up
+their tracks. But the wildness was not the good blank, unconscious
+wildness we have at home. There was a melancholy about it. The silence
+that hung over the place was really a little uncanny. The mills only
+cried it out, in that monotonous minor of theirs. They were picturesque
+old wooden things, all green with moss and maidenhair fern, that went
+grinding and groaning on forever, and making you wonder what on earth
+it was all about. I can't say that I ever found out, either. But I
+certainly got grist enough for my own mill.
+
+For that matter, I don't imagine that I was precisely an open book
+myself. In this part of the world they haven't got our passion for
+poking around where we don't belong: perhaps they've had more time to
+find out how little there is in it. And for a mysterious individual
+from lands beyond the sea, whose servant can't be prevented from
+bragging of the splendor in which he lives at Constantinople, to bury
+himself in a wild country village, must mean something queer. Does one
+give up a _konak_ on the Bosphorus for a _khan_ in the Marmora? And
+are there no teachers of Turkish in Stamboul? I believe it didn't take
+long for the _Moutessarif_ of Nicomedia to find out I was there, and
+for him to ascertain in ways best known to himself what I was up to. I
+have often wondered what his version of it was. At all events it didn't
+prevent the great men of the village from smoking cigarettes of peace
+with me in a little vine-shaded coffee-house at the top of the hill.
+There was the _Mudir_, a plump and harmless _effendi_ of a governor;
+and the _Naïb_, who was some kind of country justice; and a charming
+old _Imam_ in a green turban and a white beard and a rose-colored
+robe; and a _Tchaouche_, an officer of police, all done up in yellow
+braid and brass whistles; and various other personages. And I couldn't
+imagine where in the world they had all picked up their courtliness and
+conversation. The _Mudir_ was from town, and one or two of the others
+had been there; but if such things were to be had for a visit to town
+they'd be a little more common at home. Of course, I was asked a good
+many questions, and some of them were pretty personal. That is a part
+of Oriental etiquette, you will find. It was marvelous, though, what a
+_savoir faire_ they had, to say nothing of a sense of life and a few
+other things. I couldn't make them out--taken with their vile village
+and their half-tamed fields. The thing used to bother me half to death,
+too. I thought all I had to do was to sit down and look pleasant and
+turn them inside out at my leisure. Whereas more than once I had a
+vague feeling, after it was over, of having been turned inside out
+myself. Altogether it makes me grin when I remember what an idiotic
+young ostrich I was. I have been at the business quite a while now, and
+to this day I am never sure of my man--how that Asiatic head of his
+will work in any given case. I can only console myself by remembering
+that I'm not the only one. In the last two generations I presume there
+must have been as many as four Anglo-Saxons--and three of those,
+Englishmen--who didn't more or less make jackasses of themselves when
+they ran up against Asia. And I fancy it took them rather more than a
+year to arrive at even that negative degree of comprehension.
+
+However, various things went into my hopper first and last, to the tune
+of the mill-wheels in the valley--particularly last.... It was lucky
+for me that the wireless telegraphy I sometimes felt about me allowed
+the _Mudir_ to cultivate his natural inclinations. He was bored enough
+in his exile, and I think he was genuinely glad that his advices from
+headquarters made him free of my company. I certainly am. I have never
+come into just such relations with any of the officials here. He was a
+grave, mild, suave personage who might have made an excellent _Cadi_
+of tradition if he had never heard of Paris. As it was, I'm afraid he
+took less thought for his peasants' troubles than of the extent to
+which they could be made to repay him for his own. He liked to practise
+his French on me as much as I liked to practise my Turkish on him,
+and on such occasions as I had the honor of squatting at his little
+round board, his knowledge of the Occident would manifest itself in an
+incredible profusion of spoons. I also discovered that he was by no
+means averse to sampling my modest cellar. He didn't care so much about
+being found out, though. They are tremendous prohibitionists, you know,
+and while the pashas have accepted champagne with their tight trousers,
+they're not so public about it. Just watch when you go to your first
+court dinner.
+
+A person of whom I thought more than the _Mudir_, and who interested
+me more as a type, was the _Imam_. A more kindly, honest, simple,
+delightful old man it has seldom been my luck to meet. He was a Turk
+of the old school, without an atom of Europe in his composition. I
+wish they were not getting so confoundedly rare. They are worth a
+million times more than these Johnnies who pick up the Roman alphabet
+and a few half-baked ideas about what we are pleased to call progress.
+I took daily lessons from him. He was a mighty theologian--made me
+read the Koran, and all that, and was much interested in what I had to
+tell him of our own beliefs. He used to make me ashamed of knowing so
+little about them. Before he got through with me, he taught me rather
+more than was in the bond, I fancy. I had always cherished a notion
+that because a Turk could have four wives, and didn't think much of
+my chances for the world to come, and was somewhat free in the use of
+antidotes to human life, his morality wasn't worth talking about. But I
+got something of an eye-opener on that point.
+
+Altogether, I managed to have a very decent time of it. My pill of
+learning the most of the language in the least possible time was so
+ingeniously sugared that the business was one prolonged picnic. In
+fact, living in a _khan_, as I did at first, is nothing but camping.
+They're all about the same, you know. You can see the model any day
+over in Stamboul--a rambling stack of galleries round a court of
+cattle and wheels, and big bare rooms where twenty people could live.
+They often do, too. You spread your own bedding on the wooden divan
+surrounding two or three sides of the room, and your servant cooks for
+you in a series of little charcoal pits under the huge chimney. It's
+rather amusing for a while, if you're not too fussy about smells and
+crawling things. I suppose I must have been, for the _Mudir_ eventually
+persuaded me to rent a house from an absentee rose-growing pasha. It
+was about the only wooden one in the place--a huge rattlety-bang old
+affair that stood on the edge of the bluff, a little apart from the
+town. It leaked so villainously that I had to sit under an umbrella
+every time there was a shower, but the view and the garden made up for
+it. I used to prowl around the country a good deal, though. Everything
+was so strange to me--the faces, the costumes, the curious implements,
+the hairy black buffaloes, the fat-tailed sheep with their dabs of
+red dye, the solid-wheeled carts that lamented more loudly, if less
+continuously, than the water-wheels, the piratish-looking caravels
+strutting up and down the Gulf under a balloon of a mainsail. I took
+them by the day, sometimes, to go fishing or exploring. All of which
+must have been highly incomprehensible to my astonished neighbors. I
+believe my man had to invent some legend of a doctor and a cure to
+account for so eccentric a master. It was only when I came more and
+more to spend my days among the cypresses on the edge of the beach
+that I became less an object of suspicion; for while a Turk is little
+of a sportsman and less of mere aimless sight-seer, he likes nothing
+better than sitting philosophically under the greenwood tree.
+
+My greenwood was, as I have said, a cemetery. Heaven knows how long it
+had been there. The cypresses were enormously tall and thick and dark.
+And the stones under them--with their carved turbans and arabesques,
+and their holes and rain-hollows for restless or thirsty ghosts--were
+all gray and lichened with time, and pitched every which way between
+the coiling roots. You may think it a queer kind of place to sit around
+in, but it took my fancy enormously. I don't know--there was something
+so still and old about it, and the spring had such a look between the
+black trees. It wasn't quite still, either, for that strange, low minor
+of the water-wheels was always in your ears. It ran on and on, like the
+sound of the quiet and the sunshine and the cypresses and the ancient
+stones. And it made all sorts of things go through your head. I presume
+that first impression had something to do with it. You wondered whether
+the trees would have lived so long if so many dead people had not lain
+among their roots. You wondered--I don't know what you didn't wonder.
+
+As hot weather came on, I used to pack a hammock and reading and
+writing and cooking things on a donkey nearly every day, and drop down
+through the filberts to my cypresses. There was fairly decent bathing
+there, over an outrageous bottom of stones and sea-urchins. What I
+liked best, though, was simply to lie around and watch the world go
+by. Not that much of it does go by the Gulf of Nicomedia. If it hadn't
+been for a sail every now and then, you would have supposed that people
+had forgotten all about that little blue pocket of a firth leading
+nowhere between its antique hills. Then there were two or three trains
+a day, whose black you could just make out, crawling through the green
+of the opposite shore. And there was a steamer a day each way that it
+was as much as your life was worth to put your foot into. You wouldn't
+think so, though, to see the people who packed the decks. Sometimes I
+used to go down to the landing for the pleasure of the contrast they
+made, solemnly huddled up in their picturesque rags, with the noisy
+modern steamer. It was a miracle where so many of them came from and
+went to. That's the wildest part of the Marmora, you know, for all
+their railroad on the north shore. Some day, I suppose, when German
+expresses go thundering through to the Persian Gulf, it'll be all
+factory chimneys and summer hotels, like the rest of the world. But
+now there's nothing worse than vineyards and tobacco plantations. On
+the south coast there's hardly that. The hills stand up pretty straight
+out of the water, and they're wooded down to the rocks. You might
+think it virgin forest if you didn't know the Nicene Creed came out of
+it--to say nothing of invisible villages, and eyes looking out at you
+without your knowing. It all gave one such an idea of the extraordinary
+wreckage that has been left on the shores of that old Greek Sea. Only
+you don't get it as you do here, where races and creeds march past you
+on the Bridge while you stand by and admire. There's something more
+secret and ancient about it--more like Homer and the Bible and the
+Arabian Nights.
+
+The caravans gave the most telling touch. You don't often see camels
+up here any longer, but they're still common enough in the interior.
+I could hardly believe my eyes the first time a procession of them
+appeared on my beach. First came a man on horseback, with a couple
+of Persian saddle-bags to make your mouth water, and then the long
+string of camels roped together like barges in a tow. What an air
+they had--the fantastic tawny line of them swinging against the blue
+of the Gulf! And how softly they padded along the shingle, with the
+picturesque ruffians in charge of them throned high among their
+mysterious bales! They passed without so much as a turn of the eye, my
+Wise Men of the East, and disappeared behind the point as silently as
+they came. It gave me the strangest sensation. I had felt something of
+the same before. I could scarcely help it, looking out between those
+tragic trees at the white strip of beach and the blue strip of sea and
+the green strip of hills that were so much like other hills and seas
+and beaches and yet so different. But there had never come to me before
+quite such a sense of the strangeness of this world where so many
+things had been buried from the time of Jason and the Argo--of this
+world of which I knew nothing and to which I was nothing.
+
+You may believe that I was delighted when I went back to the village
+that night and found it full of camels. The air was sizzling with
+bonfires and _kebabs_--you know those bits of lamb they broil on a long
+wooden spit?--and strange faces were at every corner. They filled the
+coffee-house, too, when I finally got there. By that time it was too
+dark to stare as hard as I would have liked. But perhaps the scene was
+all the more picturesque for the shadowy figures scattered under the
+vine in the dusk, and the bubble of nargilehs filling the intervals of
+talk. A feature would come saliently out here and there in the red of
+a cigarette--a shining eye, a hawk nose, a bronzed cheek-bone. And out
+on the _meidan_ were groups around fires, with their little pipes that
+have all the trouble of the East in them, and their little tomtoms of
+such inimitable rhythms.
+
+I found my friends established as usual in the seat of honor--an old
+sofa in the corner of the café--and as usual they made place for me
+amongst them. When the ceremony of their welcome subsided, the _Mudir_
+took occasion to whisper to me that the leader of the caravan, an
+excellent fellow who had stopped there before, was telling stories. I
+then recognized, in the light of the _cafedij's_ lamp, the man I had
+seen that afternoon on horseback. He sat on a stool in front of the
+divan of honor, and behind him were crowded all the other stools and
+mats in the place. Although he had not deigned, before, to turn his
+head toward me, he now testified by the depth of his salaam to the
+honor he felt in such an addition to his circle. He was a curiously
+handsome chap, burnt and bearded, with the high-hung jaw of his people,
+the arched brow, the almost Roman nose. And, shaky as I still was in
+the language, he didn't leave me long to wonder why he was the center
+of the circle. He was a born _raconteur_--one of those story-tellers
+who in the East still carry on the tradition of the troubadours. Not
+that he sang to us, or recited poetry--although the _Imam_ told me with
+pride that the man was a dictionary of the Persian poets. But he went
+on with a story he had begun before my entrance. It was one of those
+endless old eastern tales that are such a charming mixture of serpent
+wisdom and childish _naïveté_. And he told it with a vividness of
+gesture and inflection that you never get from print.
+
+Well, you can imagine! I always had a fancy for that sort of thing,
+but it's so deuced hard to get at--at least, for people like us. And
+after that queer turn the first sight of the caravan gave me, down
+by the water, it made me feel as if I were really beginning to lay
+my hand on things at last. So I was disappointed enough when at the
+end of the story the party began to break up. Upon my signifying as
+much to my neighbor, the _Mudir_, however, he said that nothing would
+be easier than to summon the man to a private session. If I would do
+him the honor to come to the _konak_--I was tickled enough to take
+up with the idea, provided the meeting should take place at my house
+instead. I knew there would be bakshish, which I didn't like to put the
+_Mudir_ in for, after all he had done. Moreover, I had a whim to get
+the camel-driver under my own roof--by way of nailing the East, so to
+speak!
+
+So the upshot of the business was that we made a night of it. Oh, I
+don't mean any of your wild and woolly ones. To be sure, we did wet
+things down a trifle more than is the custom of the country. There
+happened to be a decanter on the table, which the camel-driver looked
+at as if he wouldn't mind knowing what it contained; and being a bit
+awkward at first, I knew no better than to trot it out. The _Mudir_, to
+whom of course I offered it first, wouldn't have any. I suppose he had
+his reputation to keep up before an inferior. I was rather surprised,
+all the same, for it was plain enough that the camel-driver was by
+no means the kind of man the name implies, and a little Greek wine
+wouldn't hurt a baby. Moreover, I had heard of this _raki_ of theirs,
+which is so much fire-water, and I didn't take their temperance very
+seriously. As for the camel-driver, he was rather amusing.
+
+"You tempt me to my death!" he laughed, taking the glass I poured
+out for him. "Do you know that my men would kill me if they saw me
+now? These country people have not the ideas of the _effendi_ and
+myself. They follow blindly the Prophet, not realizing how many rooms
+there are in the house of a wise man. They found out that I had been
+affording opportunity for the forgiveness of God, and they took it
+quite seriously. They threatened to kill me if I did not make a public
+confession. And I had to do it, to please them. On the next Friday I
+made a solemn confession of my sins in mosque, and swore never to smell
+another drop."
+
+At this I didn't know just what to do. I looked at the _Mudir_, and the
+_Mudir_ looked at the camel-driver. The latter, however, waved his hand
+with a smile of goodfellowship.
+
+"There is no harm now," he said. "We break caravan to-morrow at
+Nicomedia. Moreover, I do not drink saying it is right. I should
+blaspheme God, who has commanded me not to drink. But I acknowledge
+that I sin. Great be the name of God!" With which he tipped the glass
+into his mouth. "My soul!" he exclaimed, "That is better than a
+cucumber in August!"
+
+These people are democratic, you know, to a degree of which we haven't
+an idea--for all our declaration of independence. Yet there are certain
+invisible lines which are sure to trip a foreigner up and which made
+me mighty uncertain what to do with the governor of a _mudirlik_ and
+the leader of a caravan. But the latter proceeded to look out for that.
+Such a jolly good fellow you never saw in your life, with his stories,
+and the way he had with him, and the things he had been up to. It
+turned out that he knew western Asia a good deal better than I know
+western Europe. Tabriz, Tashkend, Samarkand, Cabul, to say nothing of
+Mecca and Cairo and Tripoli--such names dropped from him as Liverpool
+and Marseilles might from me. Where camel goes he had been, and for
+him Asia Minor was no more than a sort of ironic tongue stuck out at
+Europe by the huge continent behind. It gave me my first inkling of how
+this empire is tied up. It seems to hang so loosely together, without
+the rails and wires that put Sitka and St. Augustine in easier reach
+of each other than Constantinople and Bagdad. I began to learn then
+that wires and rails are not everything--that there are stronger nets
+than those. Altogether it was a momentous occasion. To sit there in
+that queer old house, in a wild hill village of the Marmora, and speak
+familiarly with that camel-driver who carried the secrets of Asia in
+his pocket--it brought me nearer than I had ever dreamed to that life
+which was always so tantalizing me by my inability to get at it.
+
+When the man finally withdrew, and the _Mudir_ after him, I was in no
+mood to go to bed. They had opened to me their ancient world, with all
+its poetry and mystery, and I did not want to lose it again. I could
+see it stretching dimly beyond the windows where the water-wheels went
+moaning under the moon. I went out into it. The night was--you have no
+idea what those nights could be. They had such a way of swallowing up
+the squalidness of things, and bringing out all their melancholy magic.
+The rose season was at its height, and the air was one perfume from the
+hidden gardens. Then the nightingales were at that heart-breaking music
+of theirs. And the moon! It wasn't one of those glaring round things,
+like a coachman's button or a butcher's boy with the mumps, by which
+young ladies are commonly put into spasms; but it was an old wasted
+one, with such a light!
+
+It was all the more extraordinary because not a creature was
+about--except a man who lay asleep on the ground, not far from the
+door. Apparently they dropped off wherever they happened to be, down
+there, and I used to envy them for it. I stood still for a while, in
+the shadow of the house, taking it all in. Don't you know, it happens
+once in a while that you have a mood, and that your surroundings come
+up to it? It doesn't happen very often, either--at least, to workaday
+people like us. So I stood there, looking and listening and breathing.
+And when I saw the edge of the shadow of the house crumble up at one
+place, without any visible cause, and creep out into the moonlight,
+I--I only looked at it. Nothing had any visible cause in that strange
+world of mine, and I watched the slowly lengthening finger of shadow
+with the passivity of a man who has seen too many wonders to wonder any
+more. But then I made out a darker darkness winding back toward the
+house. And--I don't know--I thought of the man on the ground. I looked
+at him.
+
+It was my camel-driver, dead as Darius, with the blood running out
+of a hole in his back like water out of a spout. For the moment I
+was still too far away from every day to be startled, or even very
+much surprised. It was only a part of that mysterious world, with its
+mysterious people and mysterious ways that I never could understand.
+What was he doing there dead, who had been so full of life a little
+while before? Was it one of his jokes? The night was the most
+enchanting you could imagine, the air was heady with the breath of
+rose-gardens, the nightingales were singing in the trees (down in the
+valley I heard, low, low, the weary water-wheels), and here was the
+prince of story-tellers with his tongue stopped forever, and the blood
+of him making a snaky black trail across the moonlight....
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+What happened next? My dear fellow, you remind me of these kids who
+will never let you finish their story! Nothing happened next. That was
+the beauty of it. I guess I got one pretty good case of the jim-jams
+after a while, and when I got through wondering whether I was going
+to be elected next, I began to wonder whether they wouldn't think I'd
+done it. Of course, I had done it, as a matter of fact, and that didn't
+tend to composure of mind. Neither did my speculations as to what the
+_Mudir_ might or might not have noticed when he left me that evening.
+But, if you will believe it, nobody ever lifted a finger. The next
+morning the caravan was gone and apparently everything was the same as
+before. If anything, they were more decent than before. That was the
+worst of it. I don't believe I'd have minded so much if they'd stoned
+me and ridden me out on a rail and set the Government after me and
+raised the devil generally. I should at least have felt less at sea. As
+it was--hello, there's Carmignani! Let's take him over to Tokatlian's.
+
+
+
+
+THE UNREMEMBERED
+
+FRAGMENTS OF A LOST MEMORY
+
+BY FLORENCE WILKINSON
+
+
+  Where have they gone, the unremembered things,
+              The hours, the faces,
+  The trumpet-call, the wild boughs of white spring?
+  Would I might pluck you from forbidden spaces,
+  All ye, the vanished tenants of my places!
+
+  Stay but one moment, speak that I may hear,
+              Swift passer-by!
+  The wind of your strange garments in my ear
+  Catches the heart like a belovèd cry
+  From lips, alas, forgotten utterly.
+
+  An odour haunts, a colour in the mesh,
+              A step that mounts the stair;
+  Come to me, I would touch your living flesh--
+  Look how they disappear, ah, where, ah, where?
+  Because I name them not, deaf to my prayer.
+
+  If I could only call them as I used,
+              Each by his name!
+  That violin--what ancient voice that mused!
+  Yon is the hill, I see the beacon flame.
+  My feet have found the road where once I came.
+  Quick--but again the dark, darkness and shame.
+
+
+
+
+THE BATTLE AGAINST THE SHERMAN LAW
+
+HOW CAPITAL AND LABOR COMBINE TO SAFEGUARD THE TRUST AND LEGALIZE THE
+BOYCOTT
+
+BY BURTON J. HENDRICK
+
+ILLUSTRATED WITH PHOTOGRAPHS
+
+
+Under the existing laws of the United States, it is a crime to
+organize a combination of individuals or corporations into a business
+aggregation in restraint of trade. It is likewise a crime for labor
+men or labor unions in different States to combine for the prosecution
+of certain aggressive enterprises popularly described as boycotts. Any
+person convicted of engaging in either of these prohibited acts may be
+fined not more than $5,000 for each offense, or imprisoned for one year
+at hard labor, or both.
+
+According to reliable estimates, there are in the neighborhood of five
+hundred large trusts or combinations that daily violate this law.
+There are many thousands of smaller corporations and business firms
+that indulge in secret practices for which their officers may at any
+time be lodged in jail. As for the national prohibition of boycotts,
+labor organizations openly exist for the express purpose of conducting
+them. The constitution of the most powerful labor organization in this
+country, the Federation of Labor, specifically provides for engaging in
+this form of industrial warfare.
+
+The statute that outlaws these combinations of both capital and labor
+is the famous Sherman Anti-trust Law. It is one of the briefest, most
+pointed, and most comprehensive measures ever passed by Congress. It
+contains only about seven hundred words and would fill less than a page
+of this magazine. In its first three lines, without any modifications
+or circumlocutions, it declares illegal "every contract, combination in
+the form of trust or otherwise, or conspiracy, in restraint of trade or
+commerce among the several States or with foreign nations." The next
+few lines provide the punishment, cited above, for breaking the law.
+The Sherman Act does not say that "some combinations" are illegal and
+criminal, but that "every" one is. It does not provide that certain
+offenders may be punished, but that "every" one "shall be." It leaves
+absolutely no discretion to prosecuting officers or to the courts.
+Within its comprehensive folds are gathered, on the one hand, the most
+commanding captains of industry and the greatest railroad magnates;
+and, on the other, the most insignificant puddlers in their furnaces
+and stokers on their trains.
+
+The Sherman Act has thus established a community of interest between
+labor and capital which has had important practical results. Both
+capital and labor are openly evading the law. Both have many times been
+haled into court, convicted of infringing this statute, and enjoined
+from continuing in their illegal combinations. Both consequently find
+it an irksome impediment to their present plans and ambitions. In their
+active opposition to the law the two previously warring elements now
+meet on common ground.
+
+The platform of the Republican party calls for amendments which, to
+all practical purposes, will seriously weaken the law, so far as its
+application to corporate combinations is concerned. The Democratic
+platform demands such changes as will exempt labor unions from its
+operation,--which is virtually the same thing as demanding the
+legalization of the boycott. At the last session of Congress the
+spectacle was presented of important labor unions and great corporation
+lawyers working hand in hand to this common end. Though this agitation
+failed for the time being, it may safely be asserted that the repeal
+or modification of the Sherman Act will continue to be a fixed article
+of the policy both of large aggregations of wealth and of large
+aggregations of labor. This fact makes important a study of its history
+and of its practical effects upon corporate and labor organizations.
+
+
+_The Sherman Law Not Rushed Through Congress_
+
+Hardly any important legislation has been so imperfectly understood
+or more persistently misrepresented. Although the law was passed only
+eighteen years ago, a large number of legends have already grown up
+about it. According to popular belief, the Sherman Anti-trust Act is an
+imperfect piece of legislation; a measure which was drawn up hastily,
+without thorough study or knowledge of the economic and social problems
+which it was intended to solve. The corporations declare that it was
+never intended to meet industrial conditions as they exist now: labor
+leaders have repeatedly asserted that the framers of the measure never
+intended that it should affect organizations of labor.
+
+A study of the congressional debates which preceded the passage of the
+Sherman Act dissipates these misconceptions. The law was not rushed
+through Congress. It was seriously proposed as a carefully thought-out
+attempt to check great and clearly comprehended evils. In essence those
+evils did not differ from the ones which confront the American people
+today. In 1890 the trust, or the industrial combination, had almost
+reached its present state of development. Large aggregations of capital
+had already secured a monopoly of many of the necessaries of life. The
+Standard Oil Trust was then, as it is now, the most conspicuous of
+these combinations, and had already attained an unpopularity almost
+as great as it enjoys today; the Sugar Trust controlled practically
+the whole output of refined sugar. The Steel Trust, it is true, did
+not exist; but many combinations in steel products had already been
+formed. Combinations on steel rails dictated prices; nails, barbed
+fence wire, copper, lead, nickel, zinc, cordage, cottonseed oil,--all
+these products had already been brought largely under trust control.
+The Salt Trust and the Whiskey Trust had been organized. Combinations
+of railroads, for the purpose of fixing charges for transportation,
+had existed for twenty-five years. In 1875 Commodore Vanderbilt
+called the first great meeting of railroad trunk lines at Saratoga;
+and this conference adopted a "pooling" arrangement. The accumulated
+railroad abuses of a generation, especially this practice of "pooling"
+earnings, had led to the passage of the Interstate Commerce Act in
+1887--three years before the enactment of the Sherman Law.
+
+Other combinations, which disdained the name of trusts, but which had
+already developed certain points in common with them, also flourished.
+The labor union, for example, was in full flower. The Knights of
+Labor, under Powderly, had passed through many triumphant years; the
+Federation of Labor was firmly entrenched, and Samuel Gompers was its
+President then as he is today. The unions existed then, as they do
+now, to secure higher wages and greater advantages of employment for
+their members; and one of their weapons then, as it is at present, was
+the boycott. Organizations of farmers, which existed for a similar
+purpose--the Farmers' Alliance, the National League--had also reached a
+high state of development.
+
+
+_Statesmen who Framed the Sherman Law_
+
+Nor were the framers of this law inexperienced legislators who hastily
+scrambled together a measure to meet certain political exigencies. The
+men chiefly responsible for the anti-trust law were John Sherman of
+Ohio, George F. Edmunds of Vermont, George F. Hoar of Massachusetts,
+George Gray of Delaware, and James Z. George of Mississippi. Senator
+Spooner recently declared that no greater body of lawyers ever sat in
+Congress; no one would venture to contend that there is any similar
+group of five men in Washington today. John Sherman had served almost
+continuously in Congress since 1854; he had represented Ohio in
+the Senate throughout the Civil War and the reconstruction period,
+displaying especial talent in dealing with questions of national
+finance; and, as Secretary of the Treasury in President Hayes' cabinet,
+had carried through with masterly success the resumption of specie
+payments. George F. Edmunds was generally regarded as the greatest
+lawyer then in the Senate. Starting his career in that body in 1866,
+when Congress had to handle the intricate constitutional problems
+involved in the readmission of the Southern States, he immediately
+became one of an influential group of which the other members were
+Sumner, Fessenden, Trumbull, and Wade, and took an important part in
+framing the legislation of the reconstruction period. George F. Hoar
+had, by 1890, represented Massachusetts in the Senate for thirteen
+years; his great learning, his comprehensive knowledge of public
+questions, his independence, his genuine devotion to the best public
+interests had made him one of the most commanding figures in that body.
+George Gray of Delaware, at present a judge of the United States
+Circuit Court, and for many years one of the most conservative forces
+in the Democratic party--the same George Gray upon whom many of Mr.
+Bryan's opponents hoped to unite a few months ago as the Democratic
+presidential nominee--was also recognized as one of the Senate's
+greatest authorities on the Constitution. Senator George had served for
+many years as chief justice of the Supreme Court of Mississippi, and
+was the author and compiler of many works on law which are still widely
+used.
+
+Over the question of federal control of large combinations these five
+men and their colleagues debated for nearly two years. Senator Sherman
+introduced his first anti-trust act August 14, 1888; the present
+statute finally became a law on July 21, 1890. During this period six
+separate trust bills, all modifications of that originally introduced
+by Mr. Sherman, were laid before the Senate. They were considered by
+two committees--the Finance and the Judiciary--and debated at great
+length in the committee of the whole. The discussions occupy one
+hundred and fifty pages of the Congressional Record.
+
+A striking illustration of the general ignorance of the circumstances
+under which the Sherman Act was passed is furnished by the present
+Republican platform. This declares that "the Republican party passed
+the Sherman Anti-Trust Act over Democratic opposition." The records
+of Congress, however, show no indications of any opposition at all,
+Democratic or other. Of the five men most conspicuous in framing the
+law, three were Republicans and two were Democrats. In the Senate only
+one senator voted against the passage; in the House two hundred and
+forty-two votes were cast in favor of the act, and not a single one was
+cast against it. The whole debate was notable for its seriousness and
+its dignity; one or two Democrats did suggest that a revision of the
+tariff might help to curb the trusts; but that was the only partisan
+note struck. Congress keenly appreciated the issues raised by the trust
+problem and the necessity of taking action that would be beneficial and
+permanent. Everybody realized, also, the inherent difficulties of the
+situation. The debates in the Senate on this issue, far from indicating
+a scrappy investigation, furnish material for a liberal education in
+the constitutional questions involved in dealing with monopolies.
+Senator Hoar, in preparation for the work, studied the history of
+legislation concerning monopolies from the time of Zeno. One of the
+sections in the bill--that providing that a successful litigant against
+a trust can recover three times the damages suffered from it--Mr. Hoar
+incorporated from a statute on monopolies passed in the reign of James
+I.
+
+  [Illustration: SAMUEL GOMPERS, FOR TWENTY-FIVE YEARS PRESIDENT OF THE
+  FEDERATION OF LABOR. MR. GOMPERS DEMANDS AN AMENDMENT OF THE SHERMAN
+  ANTI-TRUST ACT THAT WOULD MAKE LEGAL THE INTERSTATE BOYCOTT]
+
+
+_Sherman Act Intended to Apply to Labor Unions_
+
+Of all the legends which have grown up about this law, perhaps the
+most absurd is that it was never intended to apply to workingmen. "As
+a matter of fact," said Samuel Gompers before the Judiciary Committee
+of the House last winter, "every man who now lives and is familiar
+with the legislation of the day knows that the Sherman Anti-trust Law
+was never intended to include organizations of labor," Chief Justice
+Fuller, in a recent decision of the United States Supreme Court, flatly
+contradicts Mr. Gompers' statement. "The records of Congress show,"
+says Justice Fuller, "that several efforts were made to exempt, by
+legislation, organizations of farmers and laborers from the operation
+of the act and that all these efforts failed," In fact, the question
+of the relation of labor unions and the law occupied a conspicuous
+place in the debates; it was almost as constantly in the minds of the
+Senators as the question of capitalistic combinations themselves.
+To meet this situation, Senator Sherman introduced an amendment
+specifically excepting labor unions and agricultural associations from
+the operation of his statute. Mr. Gompers, according to his remarks
+before the Judiciary Committee last winter, was partly responsible for
+the introduction of this amendment. Senator Edmunds opposed it on the
+ground that it granted rights to labor which it withheld from capital,
+and he insisted that both sides should be treated upon an exact
+equality. In the following words he disposed for all time of Senator
+Sherman's plea for preferential treatment of laboring men:
+
+     The fact is that this matter of capital, as it is called, of
+     business, and of labor, is an equation, and you cannot disturb one
+     side of the equation without disturbing the other. If it costs
+     for labor 50 per cent. more to produce a ton of iron, that 50 per
+     cent. more goes into what that iron must sell for, or some part of
+     it. I take it everybody will agree to that.
+
+     Very well. Now, if you say to one side of that equation, "You may
+     make the value or the price of this iron by your combination for
+     wages in the whole Republic or on the continent, but the man for
+     whom you have made the iron shall not arrange with his neighbors
+     as to the price they will sell it for, so as not to destroy each
+     other," the whole business will certainly break, because the
+     connection between the plant, as I will call it for short, and
+     the labor that works that plant, is one that no legislation and
+     no force in the world--and there is only one outside of the world
+     that can do it--can possibly separate. They cannot be divorced.
+     Neither speeches nor laws nor judgments of courts nor anything
+     else can change it, and therefore I say that to provide on one
+     side of that equation that there may be combination and on the
+     other side that there shall not, is contrary to the very inherent
+     principle upon which such business must depend. If we are to have
+     equality, as we ought to have, if the combination on the one side
+     is to be prohibited, the combination on the other side must be
+     prohibited, or there will be certain destruction in the end....
+
+     On the one side you say that it is a crime and on the other side
+     you say it is a valuable and proper under-taking. That will
+     not do, Mr. President. You can not get on in that way. It is
+     impossible to separate them; and the principle of it therefore is
+     that if one side, no matter which it is, is authorized to combine,
+     the other side must be authorized to combine, or the thing will
+     break and there will be universal bankruptcy. That is what it will
+     come to.
+
+  [Illustration: SENATOR GEORGE F. EDMUNDS, GENERALLY REGARDED AS ONE OF
+  THE GREATEST CONSTITUTIONAL LAWYERS OF HIS TIME. THE SHERMAN ACT, AS
+  IT STANDS AT PRESENT, IS VERY LARGELY HIS WORK]
+
+Senator Edmunds' logic absolutely killed any attempt to place capital
+and labor upon different footings, Instead of adopting this proposed
+amendment, the Senate referred the whole question of trust legislation
+to the Judiciary Committee, of which Senator Edmunds was chairman. Mr.
+Edmunds and his colleagues threw into the waste basket all the pending
+trust bills and their amendments and struck out on new lines. As a
+consequence, Senator Edmunds became the chief author of the Sherman
+Anti-Trust Law. His most active associates, were Senator Hoar and
+Senator George. The one man who had practically nothing to do with the
+statute as it stands to-day was Senator Sherman himself. He played
+an important part in the preliminary discussion and in framing the
+measures which served as a basis for this discussion; but the bill as
+it was finally adopted by Congress bore little resemblance to his.
+The amendment upon which he laid especial stress--that of exempting
+laboring and agricultural organizations from the operation of the
+Anti-trust Law--was absolutely ignored.
+
+As finally adopted, the act did not prohibit labor unions per se or
+combinations of labor unions formed to accomplish lawful ends; it
+did, however, strike at certain labor union practices. That this was
+the clear intention of the Senate is evident from a statement made by
+Senator Edmunds in a newspaper interview as far back as 1892. "The
+Sherman Law," said Mr. Edmunds, "is intended to cover and I think will
+cover every form of combination that seeks in any way to interfere with
+or restrain free competition, whether it be capital in the form of
+trusts, combinations, railroad pools, or agreements, or labor through
+the form of boycotting organizations that say a man shall not earn his
+bread unless he joins this or that society. Both are wrong; both are
+crimes and indictable under the Anti-trust Law."
+
+
+_Unsuccessful Efforts to Destroy the Law_
+
+For eighteen years the anti-trust statute has represented American
+policy and American law in federal regulation of combinations in
+restraint of trade. In that period the act has been repeatedly
+assailed from many legal standpoints. It has been passed upon more
+than two hundred and fifty times by the federal courts, and has been
+considered fifty-five times by the United States Supreme Court. The
+greatest constitutional lawyers of this generation--such men as
+Edward J. Phelps, James C. Carter, John F. Dillon, and Francis Lynde
+Stetson--have attempted to destroy it and have not succeeded. The
+greatest railroads and corporations, on the one hand, and the largest
+and most influential labor unions, on the other, have both failed in
+their attempts to secure exemption from its operation.
+
+  [Illustration: JUDGE GEORGE GRAY OF DELAWARE, WHO, AS UNITED STATES
+  SENATOR, IN 1890, TOOK AN IMPORTANT PART IN FRAMING THE SHERMAN LAW]
+
+The history of the Sherman Act has absolutely justified the wisdom
+and integrity of the Supreme Court. Scores of times the lower courts
+have decided against the government; and the most important decisions
+have been those in which the Supreme Court has reversed the inferior
+tribunals. The record of federal prosecutions under this law affords an
+interesting insight into the attitude of the several administrations
+toward trust regulation. President Harrison, under whose administration
+the law was passed, accomplished little. His attorney-general brought
+seven actions--four bills in equity and three criminal indictments.
+Under the equity proceedings, he obtained three injunctions; the
+criminal proceedings all ended in failure. One of the cases instituted
+by President Harrison, however,--that against the Trans-Missouri
+Freight Association,--was afterward taken to the Supreme Court by
+President Cleveland's attorney-general, and resulted in securing one of
+the most important decisions in the history of the law.
+
+President Cleveland showed considerably more activity than his
+predecessor. Though only eight proceedings stand to his credit,
+several of them were of the greatest importance. He used the Sherman
+Law in fighting the Debs cases growing out of the Pullman strike; and
+in the well-known Addyston Pipe & Steel Company case he dissolved a
+combination, formed by several manufacturers of gas and sewer pipe, to
+monopolize the trade of most large American municipalities. President
+McKinley apparently had little interest in the Sherman Law; throughout
+his four and a half years only three cases were prosecuted, none of
+which were of much consequence. With the administration of President
+Roosevelt, however, the situation changed. Against the seven cases
+instituted by Harrison, the eight by Cleveland, the three by McKinley,
+stand thirty-seven started by Roosevelt. That is, he has instituted
+twice as many cases as all his predecessors combined, and many of
+the Roosevelt prosecutions have proved successful. Nineteen of these
+thirty-seven cases have already been decided; the government has won
+seventeen and lost only two.
+
+As a result of these many proceedings and interpretations, the Sherman
+Anti-trust Law is now fairly well understood. There has recently been
+much complaint that the law is not sufficiently "specific"; that
+business men and labor leaders are groping very much in the dark;
+that it is impossible to say what this statute prohibits and what it
+permits. From the judicial literature which has accumulated in the
+last eighteen years, however, a fairly clear idea of its bearings
+upon large enterprises, both of labor and capital, can be obtained.
+Senator Hoar declared, when the bill came up for final passage, that
+it enunciated no new principle of law. It made illegal "restraints of
+trade" and "monopolies," but these had been for centuries unlawful in
+all Anglo-Saxon countries. As far back as the reign of Henry VI. in
+England, in 1436, a law was passed declaring that "all agreements in
+restraint of trade are illegal and voide." This principle has ever
+since been part of the law of England, and is at present part of the
+common law of many States in the Union.
+
+  [Illustration: FRANCIS LYNDE STETSON, CHIEF COUNSEL FOR THE UNITED
+  STATES STEEL CORPORATION AND OTHER MORGAN ORGANIZATIONS. MR. STETSON
+  WAS ONE OF THE DRAFTERS OF LAST WINTER'S TRUST BILL. IF IT HAD BECOME
+  A LAW, THIS MEASURE WOULD HAVE MADE THE UNITED STATES STEEL COMPANY
+  PRACTICALLY IMMUNE FROM FEDERAL PROSECUTION]
+
+In the United States itself, however,--that is, in the federal
+courts--there is no common law; everything must be fixed and regulated
+by statute. What the Sherman Act did was to make this common law on the
+subjects of restraints and monopolies the statute law of the United
+States. Under the common law of practically every State, monopolies
+and restraining combinations were illegal; Congress made these illegal
+when they involved inter-State trade. Under the common law boycotts
+were illegal also; Congress made illegal the inter-State boycott.
+Congressional action on this subject was demanded, because the larger
+number of these unlawful combinations could be reached only by federal
+action, inasmuch as they usually involved more than one State.
+
+Under the rulings of the Supreme Court, combinations and conspiracies
+which restrain trade and develop monopolies are those which, broadly
+speaking, deprive the public of the benefits of free competition. This
+act recognizes the competitive system as the one industrial ideal,
+and outlaws anything that interferes with a free, unobstructed flow of
+trade. A trust that gets control of the larger part of a particular
+product and manipulates the output so as to prevent trade from flowing
+in its natural course--that is an illegal restraint. Labor unions that
+combine to divert artificially this same course of trade--as they
+unquestionably do when they persuade the public not to have business
+relations with particular persons or corporations against which
+they have declared a boycott--also engage in an illegal restraint.
+The Sherman Law aims only to protect the public against these
+unnatural influences; to restore business to normal conditions. With
+corporations, the final test as to whether they restrain trade or not
+is whether their effect is to increase prices. If they do not increase
+prices, then they do not restrain trade and consequently do not violate
+the Sherman Act. The Supreme Court has insisted upon one important
+modification of this principle. The effect upon prices must be
+immediate and not remote. An arbitrary agreement that definitely fixes
+the prices of a product is clearly illegal; an agreement which, in the
+last analysis, might tend to influence prices, would not necessarily be
+so.
+
+  [Illustration: SETH LOW, EX-MAYOR OF NEW YORK, WHO, AS PRESIDENT OF
+  THE NATIONAL CIVIC FEDERATION, ADVOCATES THE AMENDMENT OF THE SHERMAN
+  LAW]
+
+
+_Railroads Stopped from Making Rate Agreements_
+
+In the first ten years after the passing of the Sherman Act, the
+government attacked most successfully, not the great solidified
+aggregations of capital popularly known as trusts, but the more or
+less loosely organized federations of corporations, formed chiefly for
+the purpose of regulating and establishing prices. Trade agreements,
+not monopolistic corporations, became its chief quarry. In proscribing
+these agreements as illegal, the Sherman Act was found to be extremely
+effective. The very first case under this law was directed against a
+combination of coal-mining companies in Kentucky and Tennessee, which
+existed for the express purpose of regulating output and fixing prices.
+The courts promptly decided that this agreement violated the Sherman
+Act. In 1892 eighteen railroads, nearly all operating west of the
+Missouri River, organized what they called the Trans-Missouri Freight
+Association. This association included many of the great Western roads,
+companies of the magnitude of the Santa Fé, the Missouri Pacific, and
+the Rock Island. Its object, as clearly stated in the articles of
+association, was "mutual protection by establishing and maintaining
+reasonable rates, rules, and regulations, in all freight traffic, both
+through and local." In other words, it proposed to fix arbitrarily
+the price of transportation throughout the enormous territory covered
+by the eighteen railroads in question. The old "pooling" agreements,
+which had existed for many years, had been prohibited by the Interstate
+Commerce Law passed in 1887; and this Traffic Association was an
+attempt to accomplish the same end--that is, stop competition among the
+railroads and maintain rates--in a different way. The Supreme Court,
+by a vote of five to four, decided that this agreement was prohibited
+by the Sherman Anti-trust Act, because, as an attempt to fix prices,
+it restrained trade. The famous Trans-Missouri decision, which settled
+this case, made the Sherman Law an insurmountable bulwark against all
+railroad combinations of this kind. Until this decision was finally
+given in 1897, this act had not been seriously regarded; after the
+Supreme Court had spoken, however, capitalists suddenly awoke to its
+significance. The decision settled many important points, which will be
+referred to subsequently in this article, and it changed as well the
+whole policy of railroad management.
+
+The Sherman Act has stopped, not only railroad combinations, but
+similar agreements existing among manufacturers for the regulation
+of prices. The case of the Addyston Pipe & Steel Company is the most
+celebrated of this kind. In 1894 a large number of manufacturers
+of sewer and gas pipe, the Addyston Company being one, formed a
+combination to monopolize business and fix prices in thirty-six States
+and Territories. All companies which were parties to the agreement
+reserved the right to compete with each other outside of these
+thirty-six States as fiercely as before. They significantly called the
+section in which there was to be no competition "pay territory"; and
+the States outside of this section were known as "free territory."
+These manufacturers dealt chiefly with municipalities, which usually
+let contracts for sewer and gas pipe by public bidding. Whenever such
+a contract was offered, the Addyston combination would meet secretly,
+decide upon the price they would charge, and then arrange a program
+of fictitious bids. They then divided the profits among themselves.
+In this way they forced practically all purchasers in the sections in
+which they traded to pay exorbitant prices. Indeed, the subsequent
+history of this combination beautifully illustrates the practical
+effect upon the public of agreements of this kind. The Addyston and
+its associate members sold certain pipe in "pay territory," where
+the combination was enforced, at twenty-four dollars a ton; in "free
+territory," where they competed with each other, they frequently sold
+identically the same product at fourteen dollars. The Supreme Court
+decided that this agreement violated the Sherman Act--that it was a
+combination or a conspiracy in restraint of trade. William H. Taft,
+then United States Circuit Judge, wrote an opinion discussing the
+merits of this dispute which has since become a legal classic. Mr. Taft
+spent six months in studying the questions involved.
+
+Nearly all such cases, however, involved merely what may be called
+trade agreements. In each case there were actual attempts to fix
+prices by compact, and these agreements were the only things in
+common among the different corporations that became parties to them.
+The several corporations preserved their independent existence; they
+were not trusts in the sense in which the Standard Oil Company, the
+American Sugar Refining Company, the United States Steel Company, are
+trusts--that is, single corporations, producing and distributing the
+greater part of some particular product. Until President Roosevelt's
+administration, these trusts had, for the larger part, escaped
+prosecution under the Sherman Law, the few attempts that had been made
+to assail them; having ingloriously failed.
+
+  [Illustration: JOHN SHERMAN, A STATESMAN WHO SERVED THE GOVERNMENT
+  FOR MORE THAN FORTY YEARS, AS SENATOR, SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY, AND
+  SECRETARY OF STATE. BETWEEN 1888 AND 1890 HE INTRODUCED SIX SEPARATE
+  BILLS FOR THE REGULATION OF TRUSTS, AND OUT OF THESE GREW THE MEASURE
+  WHICH NOW BEARS HIS NAME]
+
+Meanwhile, in the first twelve years after the passage of the
+Anti-trust Act, and in the teeth of it, some of the largest
+monopolistic corporations were formed. Many persons have maintained
+that the Sherman Law, far from forestalling these corporations, has
+actually precipitated them. Their point is that, since this act
+clearly outlawed trade agreements among independent corporations, these
+corporations, in order to get control of the situation, have been
+compelled to amalgamate themselves under one ownership. The Sherman
+Act made illegal, for example, rate agreements among railroads; as a
+consequence, in order to control railroad policy, the owners of the
+great trunk lines have purchased large blocks of stock in each other's
+property--on what is popularly known as the "community of interest"
+idea.
+
+President Roosevelt, however, has succeeded in applying the Sherman
+Act to the trusts, as that word is popularly understood. The famous
+Northern Securities case is his greatest victory along that line. In
+this instance, Mr. J. J. Hill and J. Pierpont Morgan formed a new
+corporation, the Northern Securities Company, which acquired the actual
+stock ownership of nine-tenths of the stock of the Northern Pacific
+Railroad and three-fourths of that of the Great Northern. The Northern
+Securities Company thus obtained a virtual monopoly of railroad
+transportation from the Great Lakes to the Pacific Ocean in the
+northern section of the United States. The Roosevelt administration,
+relying solely upon the Sherman Act, destroyed this corporation. The
+administration has followed up this victory by instituting suits
+against the Standard Oil Company, the American Tobacco Company, and
+other powerful monopolies.
+
+  [Illustration: GEORGE FRISBIE HOAR, UNITED STATES SENATOR FROM 1877 TO
+  1904, AND ONE OF THE AUTHORS OF THE SHERMAN ANTI-TRUST ACT]
+
+
+_Labor Unions, as Such, Not Prohibited_
+
+Meanwhile, the same law has proved an effective weapon in opposing
+that other form of combination and restraint against which it was
+framed,--the labor trust. Under it a new code of federal laws affecting
+labor unions has developed; and to a large extent it has strengthened
+the cause of legitimate labor organization. No intelligent person now
+disputes the right of workingmen to organize. A few labor leaders have
+publicly declared their apprehension that the Sherman Law prohibits
+peaceable labor organizations; no man, however, has thus far had the
+hardihood to raise this question legally; and, in the present state
+of public opinion as to the rights of labor, no one is likely to.
+The United States Courts, in decisions defining the scope of the
+Sherman Act, have specifically stated that it does not prohibit the
+ordinary peaceful activities of labor unions. Justice White, in a
+decision of the Supreme Court, has declared that an agreement among
+"locomotive engineers, firemen, or trainmen engaged in the service
+of an inter-State railroad not to work for less than a certain named
+compensation" would not be illegal. William H. Taft, in one of the most
+important decisions affecting the rights of workmen under the Sherman
+Act, has defined the situation in words which are now widely accepted
+as a clear statement of what is not only good law but sound public
+policy:
+
+     The employees of the receiver had the right to organize into or
+     join a labor union which would take action as to the terms of
+     their employment. It is a benefit to them and to the public
+     that laborers should unite for their common interest and for
+     lawful purposes. They have labor to sell. If they stand together,
+     they are often able, all of them, to obtain better prices for
+     their labor than dealing singly with rich employers, because
+     the necessities of the single employee may compel him to accept
+     any price that is offered. The accumulation of a fund for those
+     who feel that the wages offered are below the legitimate market
+     value of such labor is desirable. They have the right to appoint
+     officers, who shall advise them as to the course to be taken in
+     relations with their employers. They may unite with other unions.
+     The officers they appoint, or any other person they choose to
+     listen to, may advise them as to the proper course to be taken in
+     regard to their common employment; or if they choose to appoint
+     any one, he may order them on pain of expulsion from the union
+     peaceably to leave the employ of their employer because any of the
+     terms of the employment are unsatisfactory.
+
+It is clearly indicated, therefore, what labor leaders, under the
+Sherman Act, can do. They have the right to organize, to combine--that
+is, to form unions; they have the right to refuse to work for wages or
+terms of employment unsatisfactory to themselves--that is, to strike.
+Under the Sherman Act, indeed, mere organizations of laboring men are
+regarded as no more outlawed than ordinary social clubs or college
+fraternities.
+
+
+_How the Chicago Strike of 1894 Restrained Trade_
+
+On the other hand, labor leaders know what, under the Sherman Act,
+they can not do. They cannot enter into combinations that restrain
+trade. This vital point has been settled in several important
+proceedings--those involving the Chicago disturbances in 1894, and,
+more recently the decision just handed down in the matter of the
+Danbury Hatters. These cases so clearly show the bearing of the Sherman
+Act upon illegal labor practices, that they may profitably be reviewed
+here.
+
+  [Illustration: _Copyrighted by C. R. Buck_
+
+  CONGRESSMAN CHARLES E. LITTLEFIELD OF MAINE, WHOSE KEEN ANALYSIS OF
+  LAST WINTER'S CIVIC FEDERATION TRUST BILL WAS LARGELY RESPONSIBLE FOR
+  ITS DEFEAT]
+
+In 1894 the employees of the Pullman Palace Car Company of Chicago
+struck for higher wages. These employees were not railway men; they
+were workmen engaged in the manufacture of railway cars. In spite
+of this, about four thousand had been admitted to membership in the
+American Railway Union, an organization of railroad operatives,
+which, under the vigorous management of Eugene V. Debs, had acquired
+a membership of 250,000, and a correspondingly great power in the
+field of railroad labor. In order to help the Pullman workmen in their
+struggle with the Pullman Company, the American Railway Union declared
+what was in effect a boycott upon all railroads using Pullman cars.
+Nearly all the larger American railroads had entered into contracts
+with the Pullman Company, by which parlor and sleeping cars were to be
+used on their trains. Debs now demanded that these railroads should
+break their contracts, and thereby, of course, become responsible for
+heavy damages to the Pullman Company. In other words, he demanded that
+all American railroads cease patronizing the Pullman Company because of
+its "unfair" attitude toward union labor; that is, he started a boycott
+against the Pullman Company. When the railroad companies refused to
+meet his demand, he ordered out all American Railway Union men employed
+on these lines. He even declared war upon several of the Vanderbilt
+roads, which had no Pullman sleepers, operating instead the Wagner
+cars. In effect, in order that several thousand workmen in Chicago
+might profitably settle their private grievances with their employers,
+Debs proposed, practically to end railroad communication in the larger
+part of the United States.
+
+"The gigantic character of the conspiracy," said William H. Taft in
+a well-known decision resulting from these proceedings, "staggers
+the imagination. The railroads have become as necessary to the life
+and health and comfort of the people of this country as are the
+arteries to the human body." The larger part of our food supply,
+for example, is furnished by means of the railway; the interruption
+of railroad transportation for any considerable period would, among
+other calamities, bring famine upon large sections of the country. In
+Chicago, in Cincinnati, and in other large cities, Debs despatched his
+lieutenants with orders to tie up all railroads using Pullman cars.
+He gave particular instructions to interfere with freight trains,
+since freight was the main source of railroad revenue. In many places
+riots followed; in Chicago, strikers began wrecking trains, blowing up
+bridges, burning freight yards, tearing up tracks--indeed, nearly all
+the twenty-three railroads centering in that city ceased operations.
+The fundamental principles of the constitution, guaranteeing the
+safety of life and property, had apparently given way to lawlessness
+and anarchy. In the opinion of Grover Cleveland, then President of
+the United States, these proceedings constituted a "conspiracy in
+restraint of trade" among the States, and as such were prohibited by
+the Sherman Act. That the purpose and effect of Debs' proceedings was
+to restrain trade is sufficiently clear; indeed, no more complete
+restraint than the cessation of railroad communication could be
+imagined. Trade in this case was not only restrained; it was entirely
+stopped. That the means by which this was to be accomplished had all
+the essential elements of the inter-State boycott has also been shown.
+In several cities, acting under the President's instructions, United
+States district attorneys obtained injunctions on the ground that the
+strike leaders were violating the Sherman Act, and also interfering
+with the carriage of United States mails. In Chicago Eugene V. Debs
+was enjoined, and, when he disobeyed the injunction, was arrested
+and afterward sentenced to six months' imprisonment. In Cincinnati
+his associate, Frank W. Phelan, was likewise enjoined and likewise
+imprisoned for contempt. It was his act as judge in sending Phelan to
+prison for violating the Sherman Law that first made William H. Taft
+a national figure. The circuit courts[J] decided, in several cases,
+that the combination formed by Debs against nearly all the trunk lines
+was a boycott, "a conspiracy in restraint of trade," and punished the
+leaders, under the Sherman Act. William H. Taft declared that "the
+combination is in the teeth of the act of July 2, 1890."
+
+
+_The Danbury Hatters Attempt to "Restrain Trade"_
+
+This boycott involved violence as an incident; the Supreme Court,
+however, has recently taken still more advanced ground, and decided
+that a peaceable boycott also violates the Sherman Act. In the last
+fifteen years a terrific warfare has raged between the American
+Federation of Labor and nearly all American manufacturers of hats.
+The American Federation has a membership variously estimated at from
+1,500,000 to 2,000,000, including workmen in practically every State
+and Territory. It is, as its name implies, a central association
+organized for the purpose of bringing into one effective machine all
+the local labor organizations scattered throughout the country. It
+is an association of associations, and, as indicating its national
+scope, has its headquarters in Washington. It keeps constantly in touch
+with its membership through its monthly publication, the American
+Federationist, as well as through the many journals of the unions
+with which it is affiliated. It regularly employs nearly one thousand
+agents who continually push the interests of its members in the larger
+part of the United States and Canada. Mr. Samuel Gompers constantly
+uses this organization for the prosecution of inter-State boycotts.
+In his petition to intervene in the Danbury Hatters case, Mr. Gompers
+stated, over his own signature, that "the constitution of said American
+Federation of Labor makes special provision for the prosecution of
+boycotts, so-called, when instituted by a constituent or affiliated
+organization." In a public speech on May 1, 1908, Mr. Gompers declared
+that the Supreme Court might "as well dissolve and destroy the
+organization of labor as to enforce these decisions"--that is, the
+decisions against boycotts. Obviously, the Federation of Labor has an
+advantageous organization for work of this kind. A local union, with
+membership extending not beyond the limits of a town or State, could
+make little headway against a manufacturer against whose goods it had
+declared a boycott, inasmuch as his trade usually extends over a large
+area. The American Federation of Labor, however, by embracing the local
+unions' cause can make the boycott effective in practically every part
+of the country. In the last twelve years, Mr. Gompers' organization has
+declared four hundred and eight boycotts.
+
+In particular, it has prosecuted with considerable success boycotts
+against the manufacturers of fur hats. About ten years ago, Mr.
+Gompers, working with the United Hatters of North America, inaugurated
+an elaborate program to compel all such manufacturers to unionize their
+shops. By using their well-known methods, they have brought to terms
+seventy out of the eighty-two manufacturers in this country. The firm
+of D. L. Loewe & Co. of Danbury, Connecticut, however, had persistently
+refused to comply with these demands. Mr. Loewe was not a large
+manufacturer; he had, however, built up a prosperous business, and,
+though he had never shown any hostility to union labor, had insisted on
+maintaining an open shop. In 1901 the United Hatters' Union practically
+ordered him to discharge his non-union men and unionize his factory.
+Mr. Loewe again refused to do this, and a strike immediately followed.
+Mr. Loewe, however, promptly engaged new non-union men, and soon his
+factory was running as busily and as profitably as before.
+
+Mr. Gompers then brought the whole machinery of his organization to
+bear upon this recalcitrant hatter. On July 25, 1902, the Federation of
+Labor and the United Hatters declared a boycott against his products.
+They denounced this concern in their several publications as "unfair,"
+and notified nearly all the wholesale and retail hat dealers throughout
+the United States that they must not handle the Loewe goods, under
+pain of being boycotted themselves. It is said that their agents kept
+espionage, in Danbury, over all freight consignments from the Loewe
+factory, and thus obtained a fairly complete list of their customers;
+committees of labor men in many cities waited upon these customers,
+and, in several instances, persuaded them to drop the Loewe hats. Some
+firms who refused to obey this dictation were themselves boycotted;
+and, in San Francisco, Philadelphia, Baltimore, and Richmond, the
+boycott was pursued with particular virulence. The Federation went so
+far as to grant a special dispensation to its members to purchase hats
+made by other non-union labor, rather than patronize the Loewe brand.
+Mr. Loewe, though he suffered enormous loss as a result of these
+proceedings, pluckily kept up the fight. Under the Sherman Law, an
+aggrieved citizen is authorized to bring private suit against persons
+engaged in a conspiracy to restrain his trade, and, if he successfully
+maintains his case, may recover three-fold damages. Mr. Loewe quietly
+went to work and had made an inventory of all property-holders actively
+engaged in boycotting his goods. He then brought suits for $340,000
+damages against a large number of labor men, filing in the District
+Court 240 separate attachments. The Supreme Court of the United States
+made short work of this case. Chief Justice Fuller, who wrote the
+decision, declared that "the combination described in the declaration
+is a combination 'in restraint of trade or commerce among the several
+States' in the sense in which these words are used in the act, and the
+action can be maintained accordingly." An interesting feature of the
+case is that the decision of the Supreme Court was unanimous. In nearly
+all the other proceedings involving the Sherman Law--the Trans-Missouri
+case, the Northern Securities--the government has won by a bare
+majority; every member of the Supreme bench, however, at once concluded
+that Mr. Gompers' activities against the firm of D. L. Loewe & Co.
+restrained inter-State trade, and thus violated the Sherman Law.
+
+Thus, in eighteen years, the Sherman Act has proved an effective weapon
+against the two forms of trust and conspiracy with which the public
+is most familiar--combinations of capitalists to restrain inter-State
+trade and arbitrarily fix prices, and combinations of labor unions
+organized for the prosecution of inter-State boycotts. It strikes
+impartially the Northern Securities Company and the American Federation
+of Labor; it does not discriminate between the activities of Mr. J.
+Pierpont Morgan and of Mr. Samuel Gompers. At the last session of
+Congress, the two forces which it opposes bent all their energies to
+destroy this law; in all probability they will renew and redouble their
+efforts this winter.
+
+
+_National Civic Federation Attempts to Amend the Law_
+
+For many years the National Civic Federation has been collecting data
+bearing upon the trust and labor problem. In 1899 it held a trust
+conference; and again, in October, 1907, it called a large meeting
+at Chicago for the consideration of the trust situation. Delegates
+appointed by the governors of forty-two States and representatives of
+more than ninety commercial, agricultural, and labor organizations
+contributed to these discussions. Referring to these Chicago
+proceedings, Mr. Theodore Marburg, one of the participants, said
+before the Judiciary Committee in Washington last winter: "Mr. Nicholas
+Murray Butler sounded the note of attack upon the Sherman Anti-trust
+Law.... I take it that the gentlemen will agree with me that it was
+a dominant note of that conference." As a result, a bill radically
+amending the Sherman Anti-trust Act was introduced in Congress at the
+last session. Its most active sponsors in Washington were Seth Low,
+president of the National Civic Federation, Professor Jeremiah W. Jenks
+of Cornell, and Samuel Gompers, president of the Federation of Labor.
+Well-known men who had participated in the conference that preceded
+the framing of the bill were E. H. Gary, chairman of the Board of the
+United States Steel Corporation, Henry L. Higginson, Isaac N. Seligman,
+and James Speyer and August Belmont, bankers. Francis Lynde Stetson,
+chief counsel for the United States Steel Corporation and other Morgan
+corporations, and Victor Morawetz, counsel for the Santa Fé Railroad,
+wrote the drafts. This latter fact was publicly stated by Mr. Low and
+Mr. Jenks in the course of the hearings before the Judiciary Committee.
+The authorship of the bill was early brought out in the following
+colloquy between Congressman Charles E. Littlefield and Mr. Low:
+
+     MR. LITTLEFIELD: Right there, Mr. Low, if there is no objection,
+     who are the people that actually participated in the preparation
+     of the bill? Who are the men who actually drew it?
+
+     MR. LOW: We conferred with Judge Gary, of the United States Steel
+     Corporation.
+
+     MR. LITTLEFIELD: E. H. Gary, president of their board of directors?
+
+     MR. LOW: E. H. Gary. The lawyers actually engaged in the drafting
+     of the bill were Mr. Stetson----
+
+     MR. LITTLEFIELD: That is, Francis Lynde Stetson?
+
+     MR. LOW: Francis Lynde Stetson; and Mr. Morawetz.
+
+     MR. LITTLEFIELD: Victor Morawetz?
+
+     MR. LOW: Victor Morawetz.
+
+At another time, Mr. Low described Mr. Stetson and Mr. Morawetz as
+"the drafters" of the bill. Herbert Knox Smith, commissioner of
+corporations, also had a hand in framing the measure. President
+Roosevelt openly indorsed it and sent in an emergency message urging,
+among other things, its passage. Extensive hearings, extending through
+several months, were held before the Judiciary Committee. Many
+representatives of capital and labor appeared in favor of the measure.
+Although Congressman Littlefield, who presided over these hearings,
+many times expressed his wish to examine Mr. Stetson and Mr. Morawetz,
+these gentlemen never appeared. Although Mr. Low promised that they
+would submit a brief, explaining several disputed legal points, they
+never did so. The burden of discussing the many intricate legal points
+that constantly arose rested entirely upon the shoulders of Mr. Low and
+Professor Jenks, neither of whom had had any legal training. Through
+the efforts of Congressman Littlefield, James A. Emery, counsel for
+the National Association for Industrial Defense, and Daniel Davenport,
+counsel for the Anti-Boycott Association, the proposed law was
+defeated, but the proceedings are of great interest and importance
+as illustrating the changes desired by both labor and capital in the
+present anti-trust law.
+
+
+_Gompers Asks that the Boycott be Legalized_
+
+Mr. Gompers' demands were entirely simple and direct. He wished labor
+unions entirely exempted from the operations of the Sherman Act. That
+law, if properly respected and enforced, would practically put an end
+to Mr. Gompers' occupation. Referring lately in a public speech to
+the effect of a recent court decision against inter-State boycotts,
+Mr. Gompers quoted, as applicable to his own organization, Shylock's
+speech in "The Merchant of Venice," "You might as well take from
+me my life as take from me the means whereby I live." Mr. Gompers'
+chief interest in the Civic Federation bill, therefore, was a clause
+which specifically declared that the Anti-trust Act should not be so
+interpreted "as to interfere with or restrict any right of employees
+to strike for any cause or to combine or to contract with each
+other or with employers for the purpose of peaceably obtaining from
+employers satisfactory terms of their labor or satisfactory conditions
+of employment." Mr. Low and Mr. Jenks denied that this language
+legalized the boycott; Congressman Littlefield, however, and many other
+opponents of the measure, emphatically asserted that it did. Such
+sweeping concessions as "_to strike for any cause_" and "_to combine
+or to contract with each other or with employers for the purpose
+of peaceably obtaining from employers satisfactory terms_," it was
+maintained, clearly authorized such boycotts as that prosecuted against
+the Danbury Hatters. That proceeding, it was pointed out, was entirely
+peaceable--there was no law-breaking, no rioting, no bloodshed. It
+would also legalize, it was said, many of those arrangements between
+labor unions and employers--by which employers' associations contract
+to employ only members of certain labor unions, the latter, on their
+part, contracting to work only for certain employers--which were
+brought to such perfection by the late Sam Parks. Mr. Gompers demanded
+that, if the clause in question did not authorize boycotts, another
+should be substituted which did; to make the case sure, therefore, he
+proposed an amendment which did so in no uncertain tone. The following
+extract from the record clearly defines Mr. Gompers' position:
+
+     MR. LITTLEFIELD: Now, Mr. Gompers, a word. Would this amendment
+     you suggest, if it became a law, authorize the prosecution of such
+     a boycott as was attempted in the Danbury Hatters' case, which was
+     in violation of the Sherman Anti-trust Law? Is that the purpose?
+
+     MR. GOMPERS: One of the purposes; yes, sir. That case was brought
+     under the Sherman Anti-trust Law.
+
+     MR. LITTLEFIELD: Yes. And the purpose of the amendment you have
+     offered is to relieve you from the operation of the Sherman
+     Anti-trust Law as construed by the court in that case?
+
+     MR. GOMPERS: Yes, sir.
+
+     MR. LITTLEFIELD: And to authorize that kind of an inter-State
+     boycott?
+
+     MR. GOMPERS: Yes, sir.
+
+     MR. LITTLEFIELD: Do you, as the representative of organized labor,
+     favor the boycott, both as an inter-State and a local proposition?
+
+     MR. GOMPERS: I do, sir.
+
+     MR. LITTLEFIELD: And your organization stands for that?
+
+     MR. GOMPERS: It does, sir.[K]
+
+
+_Government to Discriminate Between Good and Bad Trusts_
+
+As to monopolistic corporations, the proposed act placed them entirely
+under the supervision of the executive branch of the government. If
+you wished to form a trust, or enter into a restraining contract,
+and, at the same time, to escape the prohibition of the Sherman
+Act, you would first, under the provision of this bill, submit the
+proposed arrangement to the Commissioner of Corporations and answer
+such questions as he saw fit to ask. If he gave approval, you could
+go ahead and carry out the deal, practically secure against further
+interference. If he disapproved, you would be liable to attack under
+the Sherman Act. In fact, the administration was to be given arbitrary
+power to discriminate between good and bad trusts, to separate the
+corporation sheep from the corporation goats. "You are all right," it
+could say to one combination; "you are all wrong," it could say to
+another. The federal government, in other words, was to rule absolutely
+the business activities of nearly 80,000,000 of people; merely by a
+word it could authorize a gigantic combination like the United States
+Steel Company, and prohibit another like the Standard Oil.
+
+
+_"Reasonable" and "Unreasonable" Combinations_
+
+The above statement gives the effect and not precisely the form
+of the proposed legislation. What its authors really hoped to
+accomplish was executive discrimination between those combinations
+and those restraints of trade which were reasonable and those which
+were unreasonable. They based their measure upon the theory that
+certain combinations, even many whose tendency is to restrain trade
+and increase prices to the consumer, may still work for the public
+interest. The word "reasonable" has played an important part in the
+history of the Sherman Act. In several cases the corporations, in
+contesting the law, have made the claim that this act did not prohibit
+all combinations in restraint of trade, but only those which were
+"unreasonable." They set up this defense most strongly in the famous
+Trans-Missouri case, already described. Eighteen railroads, it may be
+repeated, had formed an association for the purpose of fixing freight
+rates. James C. Carter, who argued the case, strongly asserted that
+such an agreement was beneficial both to the railroads and to the
+public; the history of railroads having conclusively proved that
+cut-throat competition inevitably led to bankruptcy and demoralization
+in railroad service. He therefore claimed that the proposed restraint
+in trade was "reasonable" and consequently not prohibited by the
+Sherman Act. The Supreme Court, by a majority of five to four, rejected
+this theory. The Sherman Act, it pointed out, in express language
+made illegal "_every_ contract, combination in the form of trust or
+otherwise, or conspiracy, in restraint of trade"; and made "_every_
+person" who was a party to such contract a criminal. It left absolutely
+no leeway--it did not discriminate in the remotest degree between those
+which were reasonable and those which were not. Since then all demands
+for the modification of the act have hinged upon this one point.
+
+
+_Andrew Carnegie on Combinations_
+
+This demand, of course, has precipitated a very nice problem in
+definition. What is a reasonable combination? What is an unreasonable
+one? What is a good trust? What is a bad one? Upon this all-important
+question the many weary hearings extending through four months before
+the Judiciary Committee last winter shed practically no light. The
+Civic Federation bill was based upon this fundamental distinction;
+and a large number of distinguished citizens appeared in favor of
+it. Congressman Littlefield, as each speaker appeared before the
+Committee, asked him to give a concrete illustration of a combination,
+forbidden by the Sherman Act, which really promoted the public interest
+and was therefore "reasonable." Mr. Seth Low frankly admitted that he
+could name no concrete case of the kind. He caused some amusement,
+however, when he read a letter from Andrew Carnegie touching upon this
+very subject. "One point seems to me essential," wrote Mr. Carnegie,
+"without it, little general progress can be made; namely, when new
+combinations are proposed, the first question must always be 'what is
+the object sought?' _In ninety-nine cases out of a hundred, it will
+undoubtedly be to rob the community of its right to the benefits of
+free competition, disguise it as one may_; therefore the Commissioner's
+duty is to obtain satisfactory proof that the application is to
+cover an exceptional case. The conditions must be peculiar, as those
+of common carriers and steel-rail agreements are." Mr. Carnegie's
+statement that ninety-nine per cent of trade agreements are made for
+the purpose of "robbing the community" and his implication that the
+exceptional one per cent are the agreements involving the manufacturers
+of steel rails, naturally provoked much hilarity.
+
+Only two other illustrations were furnished of benevolent combinations.
+Mr. Herbert Knox Smith, commissioner of corporations, instanced a
+proposed agreement among lumber men to cut only a certain amount
+of timber each year, the ostensible purpose being to prevent the
+wanton destruction of the forests. It appeared, however, that the
+real purpose of such an agreement was not to preserve the forests,
+but to restrict the output, and increase prices, and consequently
+the profits of the lumber men. Another illustration offered was the
+combination of patent medicine dealers to fix prices and prohibit
+price cutting--the object, it was said, being to prevent the unfair
+competition of large department stores with retail druggists. But this,
+in the last analysis, was generally believed to be a concerted attempt
+to destroy competition and enhance the profits of patent medicine
+makers. Congressman Littlefield insisted, throughout the entire
+proceedings, that the fundamental purpose of forbidden combinations was
+to control the product and thereby increase the price to the consumer.
+If there were any combinations that did not have that purpose or
+result, then the Sherman Act, according to Mr. Littlefield's analysis,
+did not prohibit them. Thus in all attempts to define practically
+reasonableness and unreasonableness, as applied to trade agreements,
+the statement was repeatedly made that the large part of the business
+of this country was done in violation of law; that business men lived
+constantly in a state of terror from the fear of its enforcement; that
+its presence on the statute books largely explained existing business
+depression. When it came to defining precisely what they wished to do,
+however, none of those who favored the bill became specific. The thing
+finally simmered down to a statement by Mr. Low that the law was "a
+very important element in the psychological condition of business men
+to-day."
+
+
+_Indulgences to be Granted to Corporations_
+
+This particular power of defining reasonableness and unreasonableness,
+however, the proposed law centered in the President, acting through
+the Commissioner of Corporations. It provided a limited system of
+federal registration for corporations, and, in a modified form, for
+federal license and publicity--the two circumstances which probably
+led President Roosevelt to support the measure. In effect it granted
+indulgences to corporations to combine, provided they would do certain
+things. The Sherman Law, as it stands to-day, was not specifically to
+be repealed; it was simply to be waived in favor of those combinations
+and trusts which paid the price of these indulgences. In order to
+obtain absolution, the offending corporation must do two things:
+register with the Bureau of Corporations and answer such questions
+as might be propounded to it. The bill authorized the President to
+determine precisely what information should be exacted, and also to
+change from time to time the requirements regarding data. That is, for
+registered corporations, it gave the executive branch of the government
+absolute inquisitorial power. Registered corporations had the right
+to file with the Bureau any agreement or contract or combination to
+which it became a party--the precise kind of transactions made illegal
+by the Sherman Act. The Commissioner had thirty days in which to
+examine such contracts; if, within that period, he declared them in
+reasonable restraint of trade, then they became practically legal.[L]
+If not, then they could be proceeded against under the Sherman Law.
+The chief point of criticism in this arrangement was the stipulation
+for a thirty-day period during which the Commissioner must pass upon
+these contracts. This, it was asserted, was the loop-hole by which the
+corporations were to secure immunity. The Commissioner must declare
+these contracts reasonable or unreasonable within thirty days; if
+he failed to act upon them in that time, they became reasonable,
+precisely as if he had declared them to be so. How, it has been
+asked, could the Bureau possibly act intelligently within that period
+upon many of the exceedingly intricate questions which would come up
+for judgment? Whether a contract is reasonable, of course, largely
+depends upon the way it affects prices. An examination would therefore
+frequently involve an economic study of the particular trade, as well
+as the organization of the particular corporation involved. It would
+be necessary to go deeply into capitalization, values behind this
+capitalization, cost of production, wages, transportation charges
+and so on. There are said to be more than 200,000 corporations in
+existence. Supposing half or a quarter should register,--how could
+the Bureau possible examine them within thirty days? Would it be
+possible to investigate the United States Steel Corporation within
+that period? Under the suggested law, however, unless the Commissioner
+passed judgment within this time, all these contracts and combinations
+would automatically receive a certificate of good character. In their
+interest, the Sherman Act would practically be repealed.
+
+In the main, this provision referred to contracts made and combinations
+to be formed in the future; another section practically extended
+immunity to all contracts and combinations now in existence. Nearly
+all trusts organized in the last forty years, and all restraining
+agreements, were to become valid. The government was to have a year in
+which to institute proceedings against such corporations as declined
+to register. If it failed to do so within this time, then these
+combinations could never be attacked on any ground whatever, and
+became regularly fixed institutions. As there are about five hundred
+corporations popularly known as trusts and myriads of trade agreements
+now forbidden, the law department, it was suggested, would have its
+hands full if it attempted to bring suit against them all within twelve
+months. Moreover, after the passage of the proposed act, the government
+could not proceed against any combination except on one ground--that
+it was an unreasonable restraint of trade. Under the Sherman Act, it
+will be remembered, it can prosecute without any reference to the
+question as to whether the restraint is reasonable or not. If the act
+had passed, in other words, the position of the government would have
+been this: within a year it could have assailed the trusts only on
+the grounds of unreasonableness; after the expiration of a year it
+could assail them on no ground whatever. A saving clause, however,
+provided that the government could prosecute all actions already
+begun. That is, it could follow up to the end the pending cases against
+the Standard Oil, the American Tobacco Company and other corporations
+against which it has already started suit. It could not prosecute,
+however, the United States Steel Corporation, for it has instituted no
+proceeding in that direction. It was the Attorney of the United States
+Steel Corporation, Mr. Francis Lynde Stetson, who had a large hand in
+framing the bill.
+
+These facts have led many observers to believe that the bill in
+question represented an underhanded attempt, by large corporations,
+especially the United States Steel, practically to remove the
+Sherman Anti-trust Law from the statute book. Mr. E. H. Gary and
+Mr. George W. Perkins spent many days in Congress while the bill
+was under discussion, though they did not once openly appear before
+the committee. No criticism affecting the good faith of Mr. Low and
+Professor Jenks, the most active open advocates of the bill, was
+put forth. The discussion disclosed the fact, however, that the
+Sherman Act, as it stands at present, has many friends. Organizations
+interested in curbing the unlawful activities of labor unions insisted
+that that law, as interpreted by the Supreme Court, is practically
+the only protection American industry has against the boycott. Repeal
+or seriously modify it, they declared, and a régime of labor union
+terrorism far surpassing any hitherto known in any country, would
+at once begin. The plan of Mr. Gompers and his associates to shelve
+this law, they insisted, was merely part of their general scheme to
+remove all legal restraints from the operations of labor unions.
+Opinions did not seem quite so unanimous as to the wisdom of the
+Sherman Act in its bearings upon corporations. Though many declared
+that this measure is too sweeping and drastic, and should be amended,
+no one has yet suggested any practical way of framing a new law. No
+one who has studied the problem of trust regulation, it is believed,
+has thus far hit upon a plan that, while it gives greater leeway to
+the corporations, protects the public from arbitrarily high prices
+and other exactions. There is thus a growing conviction that the act
+passed by the great constitutional lawyers of 1890 represents the best
+attainable result in this direction. It has not stopped the growth of
+trusts, it is true; but whether that is because it does not furnish the
+means or because it has not been sufficiently enforced, is the disputed
+question. "What is needed," recently said ex-Senator Edmunds, the
+man who was the real author of the Sherman Act, "is not so much more
+legislation as competent and earnest administration of the laws that
+exist."
+
+     [J] In the Debs case the Circuit Court based its decision almost
+     entirely upon the Sherman Law. The Supreme Court of the United
+     States, in affirming this decision, rested mainly on the broader
+     question of the interference with the United States mails. Justice
+     Brewer, however, who wrote the decision, specifically said that
+     this fact did not mean that the Supreme Court dissented from the
+     grounds on which the lower tribunal had decided the case.
+
+     [K] In Justice to Mr. Low and Mr Jenks it should be said that they
+     disclaimed any intention of indorsing a bill which authorized
+     the boycott. They afterward amended the clause in question by
+     authorizing employees "to strike for any cause not unlawful at
+     common law," which modification leads into many legal fogs which
+     it is hardly worth while to enter in this place.
+
+     [L] The bill provided, it is true, that the contracts might still
+     be assailed on the ground of unreasonableness. The practical
+     effect, however, it was generally conceded--virtually admitted by
+     Herbert Knox Smith--would be to give them immunity for all time.
+
+
+
+
+THE ETERNAL FEMININE
+
+BY TEMPLE BAILEY
+
+
+If it had been any one but Anne Beaumont!
+
+"I don't like turning conventionalities topsy-turvy, Sophie," she said,
+as we went downstairs; "I don't believe I can ever ask a man to dance
+with me."
+
+"Other women do," I murmured.
+
+"My husband would never have agreed to such a thing," Anne stated.
+
+That is where Anne always had the advantage of me. Although she had
+been a widow for five years, she still quoted the authoritative
+masculine point of view, while I, having in my teens chosen a career
+instead of a husband, and never having rectified my mistake, was forced
+to fall back on the unsupported feminine.
+
+"Perhaps you'd rather sit out the dances," was my somewhat malicious
+way of putting it.
+
+Anne, poised like a white butterfly on the landing, turned on me a
+reproachful glance.
+
+"No woman would rather be a wallflower," she affirmed.
+
+"Of course not," I returned promptly, "and I don't believe it is going
+to be very bad after the first plunge."
+
+Anne leaned over the stair rail and surveyed the formidable group of
+men in the lower hall. "It's dreadful," she said. Then, gathering about
+her a scarf of silver tissue, she commanded, "You go first, Sophie,"
+and we descended together.
+
+At the foot of the stairs, Charlemagne Dabney met us.
+
+"Charlie, boy," Anne said plaintively, "ask me to dance with you. I
+simply can't get used to the leap-year idea----"
+
+And I, having prepared to blunder into a formal, "May I have the
+pleasure?" was so illumined by her method that I employed it with
+success--for though I lacked Anne's appealing coquetry, I challenged
+old friends, and my card was soon filled.
+
+But Anne did not depend on old friends. She danced with the count
+from Hungary, the multi-millionaire from the West, the Senator from
+Kentucky, and to fill up spaces she fell back on Charlemagne Dabney.
+
+"I think it was lovely of you," she told him at supper, "to open the
+house for the week-end and the dance. Only, it's too bad that you
+insist on the leap-year idea for the whole time."
+
+Across the table Elizabeth Ames sparkled radiantly. "I like it. I
+didn't dance with a single bore, and before I go home I am going to ask
+all of the men to marry me!"
+
+Anne's face wore its most gracious expression, but I knew how she felt.
+Elizabeth is eighteen and pretty. Anne is twice eighteen and pretty.
+And there's a difference.
+
+Anne opened her eyes very wide and said to Charlemagne, "You see what
+you've done? Elizabeth is going to ask you to marry her."
+
+Charlemagne smiled at Elizabeth. "No such good luck. There are too many
+young fellows who will accept her before she gives me the chance."
+
+Elizabeth laughed back, "Don't be too sure that you'll escape."
+
+Anne's delicate eyebrows were raised. "Of course she is joking; no
+woman would really ask a man----"
+
+Charlemagne sighed. "I wish one woman would."
+
+Anne's lashes fluttered. "Why don't you ask her?" she challenged.
+
+He shrugged his shoulders. "I feel weak in the knees when I think of
+it," he said, "for fear she might say 'no'."
+
+"Faint heart," I murmured, but no one paid any attention to me.
+
+It seemed to me, after that, as if some of the brightness had gone
+out of Elizabeth's face. But Anne fairly scintillated. And she was
+exceedingly amiable to Elizabeth.
+
+"Ask the count first," I heard her say, "he's simply charming."
+
+Elizabeth flung up her head in a quick way. She was all in sheer pale
+yellow, bordered with daffodils, and there was a twist of gold ribbon
+in her fair hair. Only extreme youth could have worn it, and, as she
+flashed her answer back to Anne, I had never seen her more beautiful.
+
+"The count wouldn't have me as a precious gift," she said. "I'm too
+crude. He likes a more finished product--like you, dear Mrs. Beaumont."
+
+"Now, what do you suppose she meant by that?" said Anne that night,
+when we were in our kimonos and were comforting our complexions with
+cold cream. "Do you think she meant it for a compliment, or was it a
+reflection on my age?"
+
+"No one can reflect on your age," I told her. "Nobody knows it but
+Charlemagne and me, and we won't tell."
+
+"That's the advantage of living on the other side and coming back to
+meet the younger generation," said Anne; "they haven't kept tab on the
+years."
+
+She got up and moved restlessly about the room. With the cream on her
+face and with her hair down, she looked old, and I had a vision of
+Elizabeth in the yellow gown.
+
+Perhaps something of my thought showed, for Anne stopped suddenly and
+gazed into a long mirror set in the door. "Oh, youth, youth, Sophie,"
+she cried.
+
+"Anne," I said, "come away from that mirror. No one can be beautiful
+with her face full of cold cream."
+
+She laughed and dropped down on the rug in front of me, and after a
+while she said, "Did you hear what he said to-night?"
+
+"About wishing a certain woman would ask him?"
+
+"Yes. He will never ask me, Sophie. He thinks I am still mourning my
+husband--he thinks I don't care----"
+
+There wasn't much to be said after that. But before I left her, I
+whispered, "Why don't you tell him, Anne?"
+
+Anne's shocked eyes condemned me. "Oh, Sophie, as if a woman _could_!"
+
+I passed Elizabeth Ames' room on my way to my own, and she called to
+me, "Come in, Miss Sophie."
+
+"It's so late," I protested, standing on the threshold.
+
+But she was insistent. "Please come," she begged.
+
+"You ought to be in bed," I scolded, "getting your beauty sleep."
+
+But even as I said it, I knew she didn't need it, for she was as
+daintily fresh as a rose. Her fair hair hung down in two heavy braids
+over her white gown. She looked like a lovely child.
+
+"Miss Sophie," she said abruptly, when she had put me into a big chair
+in front of the fire, "tell me about Anne Beaumont and Mr. Dabney----"
+
+"What about them?" I asked innocently.
+
+"Were they in love with each other--years ago--before she married Mr.
+Beaumont?"
+
+I nodded. "They were engaged, and Anne was very young. She had never
+seen much of other men, and when Mr. Beaumont came along, with his
+air of foreign distinction, she was fascinated and broke off her
+engagement. But she never really cared for Mr. Beaumont----"
+
+"And you think Mr. Dabney has--has stayed single for her sake?"
+
+"I think so. Yes."
+
+"And you think he loves her still----?"
+
+"You heard what he said to-night?"
+
+"I don't call that love," she cried. "If he cared, he'd tell her. He
+couldn't help it. It would just come--if he really loved her----"
+
+"He thinks that she has never cared--and he isn't an impetuous boy----"
+
+"I know--but he's a _man_." She was all aglow. "And if he cared, his
+heart would say, 'I love you, I love you, I love you,' and then his
+lips would say it----"
+
+"You believe, then, that he doesn't care for her?"
+
+"His allegiance is a memory--an old dream--of the girl she was, not of
+the woman she is. Isn't she older than he, Miss Sophie?"
+
+"She is younger," I said gravely.
+
+"She seems older--and--it's spoiling his life. He--he won't look at
+another woman--because in a way he feels bound to her. Some day I'm
+going to tell him."
+
+I stared at her. "Tell him what, Elizabeth?"
+
+"That he is throwing away his happiness--that there are other women."
+
+She had risen and stood in front of me with her hand on her heart. Her
+eyes were like stars, and the radiance of youth shone from within and
+round about her. If Charlemagne should see her in such a mood----
+
+I thought of Anne, dear Anne.
+
+"Elizabeth," I said sharply, "if you should tell him that, he would
+think--that you--cared."
+
+She swept out her arms in a charming gesture of surrender.
+
+"Well, if he did," she cried, defiantly, "what then?"
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+All that night Elizabeth and Anne contended in my dreams, and in the
+morning, worn to a frazzle, I went down to breakfast, to find that
+Elizabeth had gone for a ride with Charlemagne, and that Anne was still
+in bed.
+
+I drifted into the library and found there a circle of somewhat
+fagged-out feminines. The men were riding or on the links.
+
+From the light bits of conversation that were wafted to me as I sat
+and read in the window-seat, I gathered that most of the women took
+Charlemagne's leap-year idea as a joke, but I knew that to Elizabeth
+and Anne the question presented itself seriously, and that each would
+settle it in her own way, and according to the tradition of her own
+time.
+
+For that education and environment had made the difference, I did not
+doubt. Had Elizabeth been born eighteen years earlier, when women were
+taught the mysteries of advance and retreat, that coquetry was their
+best weapon, and that man must always be the wooer, she might have felt
+all of Anne's shrinking from a revelation of herself; whereas had Anne
+been brought up in the later days when boys and girls mingle in close
+comradeship, when plays and books subtly analyze the state of woman as
+the pursuer and man as the pursued, she might have been as frank about
+her feelings as Elizabeth.
+
+Hence, I argued, they were both of them what their generation had made
+them, and I, who loved Anne, and adored her for her womanliness, was
+yet forced to admit the potency of Elizabeth's youth, and the charm of
+her complete surrender.
+
+After a time the men began to drift in, and I heard the
+multi-millionaire from the West inquiring for Elizabeth. He was a big,
+broad-shouldered fellow, sure of himself, but not unpleasantly so, and
+when he couldn't find the girl he wanted, he came over and talked to me.
+
+"Say," he began at once, "it's all tommyrot about this leap-year
+business. When I want a girl to do anything, I want to ask her. It
+makes me feel foolish to have to wait for her to come to me. I wish
+Dabney would cut it out."
+
+"But think what an opportunity for a girl to get what _she_ wants," I
+said.
+
+"They don't know what they want," he stated dogmatically. "The way to
+win a woman is to pick her up and put her on a horse and run away with
+her----"
+
+"Suppose she doesn't care to be run away with?" I asked.
+
+"Oh, she'd settle down to it," he said securely; "and besides that, I
+can't really imagine a nice girl asking a man to marry her."
+
+I thought of Elizabeth as she had stood with her hand on her heart and
+had hurled defiance at conventions.
+
+"Girls are hard to understand," I murmured.
+
+"Oh, I don't know," he contended. "If a man gets right down to
+primitive principles and keeps after her, he'll get her--and it makes
+me hot to think I am wasting valuable time trying to stick to Dabney's
+old rules, when I have to go back West again on Monday."
+
+I wanted to be sure, so I murmured, "Of course it's Elizabeth Ames?"
+
+"Who else?" he demanded. "Oh, I'm going to jump over the traces, Miss
+Sophie, and let her know I mean business. This thing of sitting around
+and letting her go off with another man--you know she's riding with
+Dabney this morning?"
+
+I nodded.
+
+"He's twice her age, and she _thinks_ she likes him. Girls get romantic
+streaks, and Dabney's the kind they put up on a pedestal, but he isn't
+any more suited to her than--a bunch of beets----"
+
+"I suppose not," was all the response I dared venture in the face of
+such an outpouring of eloquence.
+
+"They are coming now," he said, and through the window I saw
+them--Elizabeth, looking like a little girl in her three-cornered hat,
+with her hair tied with a broad black ribbon, and Charlemagne sitting
+his horse like a centaur.
+
+The Westerner deserted me at once, and, the rest of the guests
+following, I was left alone in the library.
+
+I curled up in the window-seat, drew the curtains to shield me from the
+gaze of those who might step within, and tried to take forty winks to
+make up for the four hundred I had missed the night before.
+
+But I couldn't sleep. Elizabeth and Anne--Anne and Elizabeth! I
+couldn't get their affairs out of my mind. Would Elizabeth propose,
+would Anne, would Charlemagne, would the multi-millionaire? Again and
+again I tried to fit together their widely different theories, until in
+despair I wished that Charlemagne and his leap-year week-end had not
+tempted me from my maidenly apartment in town, where the worries of
+lovers were confined to my manuscripts.
+
+And even as I pondered, I heard Elizabeth's voice saying, as she came
+in from the porch, "I suppose you think I am awfully forward to make
+you spend all your morning with me----"
+
+As he followed her into the library, Charlemagne laughed. "I might
+feel flattered," he said, "if I didn't know you were doing it to make
+McChesney furious."
+
+McChesney was the multi-millionaire.
+
+"McChesney?" Elizabeth's tone was startled.
+
+"Don't hedge," Charlemagne teased. "He's bound to win out, Elizabeth.
+No woman can escape a man when he goes for her like that. You might as
+well give in."
+
+"I shall never give in."
+
+"He's a nice fellow."
+
+"He's not my ideal----" there was a pathetic note of appeal in her
+young voice.
+
+"Ah--ideals----" Charlemagne had dropped his banter. "Don't spoil your
+happiness looking for the ideal man--he's like the pot of gold at the
+end of the rainbow--something we hear of, but have never seen."
+
+There was a heavy silence. Then Elizabeth said, catching her breath,
+"But--but I have found my ideal, Mr. Dabney."
+
+"You have? And it's not McChesney?"
+
+I peeped at them through the curtain. They were in big wicker chairs
+in front of the door that led to the porch. Elizabeth had taken off
+her coat, showing her thin white blouse with its crisp frills. Her
+cheeks were as pink as the rose which she picked to pieces with nervous
+fingers.
+
+"No," she said tremulously, "it's--it's not Mr. McChesney."
+
+I held my breath. Would she dare?
+
+"It's--it's a man much older than I am," she went on, "and--and I don't
+know that he has ever thought of me--in that way--perhaps if he had, he
+might like me--a little----"
+
+I am sure that Charlemagne felt the charm of her youth, as she made
+her little confession, and I am just as sure that he was absolutely
+innocent that he was the object of it.
+
+"He would undoubtedly love you more than a little," he said heartily.
+"Look here, Elizabeth, you won't mind telling me who he is--will
+you----?"
+
+Here was an opportunity holding out open arms, and did Elizabeth
+embrace it as beseemed an advocate of woman's right to woo?
+
+Not she! She simply gasped in a panic-stricken way and stood up.
+
+"Oh, _no_," she whispered, with her cheeks flaming, "I couldn't--I
+couldn't tell any one."
+
+Before Charlemagne could answer, McChesney blundered in.
+
+"Say----" he stopped dead still on the threshold, "I think this is a
+case of monopoly. I'm tired of hanging around waiting for the girl I
+want. I am going to break the rules, Dabney, and ask Miss Ames to take
+me for a walk in the rose garden."
+
+And Elizabeth actually turned to him with an air of relief.
+
+"Oh, yes," she said breathlessly, "I'd love it!"
+
+And away they went. And Charlemagne, turning back into the library, met
+Anne Beaumont coming in at the other door.
+
+She wore a thin, trailing white gown, and there were dark shadows under
+her eyes. She looked tired and fragile and every day of her thirty-six
+years.
+
+"Anne!" Charlemagne said, as if for him all the morning stars sang
+together.
+
+Anne dropped into the chair where Elizabeth had been.
+
+"I'm afraid I'm awfully late getting down," she faltered, "but--but my
+head ached."
+
+Charlemagne stood behind her chair, and there was a look on his face
+that, for the first time, made me ashamed of my eavesdropping. The
+other had been comedy, but this was real.
+
+"Poor little Anne," he said.
+
+Anne propped her chin on her hand and gazed out through the open door
+with wide eyes.
+
+"Yes," she said slowly, "poor little Anne."
+
+He came around and took the other chair. "I wish--I knew how I might
+comfort you," he said.
+
+For a moment Anne looked at him with that wide stare, then, like a
+flash, it came. "Oh, Charlie, Charlie boy," she cried, "why don't you
+ask me to marry you--I can't ask you, you know----"
+
+Before she had finished, he was on his knees beside her, and then I
+shut my eyes and put my fingers in my ears, for the time had come when
+I had no right to hear or see.
+
+But as for theories--Oh, who knows _what_ a woman will do? There was
+Elizabeth and there was Anne----
+
+But I never would have believed it of Anne!
+
+  [Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+THE MOTHER OF ANGELA ANN
+
+BY CLARA E. LAUGHLIN
+
+ILLUSTRATIONS BY ALICE BARBER STEPHENS
+
+
+I
+
+Henry Street, drowned in November murk, was black as Tartarus and
+a shade more dreadful, as a heavily built man stumbled along its
+unfamiliar bumps and intermittent stretches of sidewalk, stopping now
+and then to peer vainly at doors for a number. Presently he encountered
+a wisp of a girl with a jacket thrown about her head and shoulders.
+
+"Where's twenty-one?" he asked.
+
+She pointed. "Who d'ye want?"
+
+"Casey."
+
+"In the rear--I'll show ye," and she led the way to a precipitous
+flight of steps. "Ye go down, an' 'long 's far 's ye kin, thin turn t'
+th' right an' knock," she said, and disappeared in the mist.
+
+Groping his way, the man reached the end of a long passage between two
+tenements and knocked at a rear door. A woman opened it.
+
+"Th' ditictive," she murmured, and let him in.
+
+The kitchen was stifling close; a fire raged to the brim of the big,
+heavily nickeled stove which had cost the Caseys so dear in instalments
+and in worry. Casey had been working for two weeks, and the bin outside
+the kitchen door had a ton of soft coal in it. In a bracket above the
+sink was a lamp whose tin reflector, instead of diffusing the light
+rays, seemed to concentrate them, like a feeble searchlight, so that
+the corners of the kitchen were all in gloom, and half-lost in gloom
+were the forms of the Caseys, whose pallid faces showed sharply against
+the dusk.
+
+"Had any word?" said the detective, addressing Mrs. Casey. To the
+relief of the parents and the bitter disappointment of the children, he
+was a plain-clothes man.
+
+"Niver a worrd."
+
+The detective consulted a memorandum.
+
+"You say she left home Monday morning, just as usual, to go to work?"
+
+"Yissir; she wint down th' alley here hummin' a chune an' as gay as a
+burrd."
+
+"And you don't think she intended to stay away?"
+
+Mary Casey's eyes flashed. "If I t'ought a gyurl o' mine could walk out
+an' l'ave me, intintional, wid a chune on her lyin' lips, I'd not ask
+ye t' be findin' her," she said.
+
+"Did she have a beau?"
+
+"None thot I iver see. She used t' be after talkin', sometoimes, 'bout
+gran' fellies she'd see downtown, an' I always sez to her, 'You mark
+me worrds an' l'ave gran' fellies be. They don't mane no good t' th'
+loikes o' you,' I sez. 'Thim fellies spinds ivry cint they git on their
+gold watches an' swallie-tails, an' whin they marry they got t' marry
+a gyurl wid money t' support thim. Whin yer old enough t' take up wid
+anny wan,' I sez, 'yer pa or yer Uncle Tim'll introjuce ye t' some nice
+young lab'rin' man wid a good trade an' ambition t' git on, an' you
+work fer him whoile he works fer you.' 'Ah, ye don' know nothin' 'bout
+it,' she'd say t' me, an' 'Don't you belave thot,' I'd say t' her, 'I'm
+nothin' t' look at, an' I ain't got mooch style about me, but I got
+some knowlidge o' min,' I sez, 'an' they're a bad lot, aven th' bist o'
+thim. An' you git it out o' yer hid,' I sez, 'thot anny gran' felly's
+goin' t' marry you, or th' loikes o' you. Ye may rade such foolishness
+in yer story paapers er see it at yer theayters, but ye kin mark me
+worrds thot love is fer tony folks thot kin afford it, an' not fer th'
+loikes o' you an' me.'"
+
+Up to this time Casey had been conspicuously quiet. He had had his own
+experiences with the Chicago police, who more than once had ordered
+him to keep away from his abused family or go to the Bridewell. This
+was buried deep in the voluminous records of the desk sergeant; but
+Casey had not the comfort of knowing that there were a thousand kindred
+cases piled a-top of his, so he kept discreetly in the shadow until
+the detective asked, "Was she gay at all?" and Mrs. Casey replied:
+
+"She be a little granehorn, wid no sinse yet. I'm after taalkin' t' her
+th' whole, blissed toime 'bout kapin' straight, an' not l'avin' her go
+by dances er stay out nights, but I dunno--ye can't kape thim in yer
+pocket, an' whin a gyurl have her livin' t' earn anny place she kin
+foind it, 't ain't her mother thot know fer sure wheer she is or what
+she be."
+
+At this Casey sat suddenly forward in his chair, and the streak of
+light fell full across his face, swollen with tears and streaked with
+the grime of three awful days. Despite the grime, however, despite the
+stubble of reddish beard, the unkempt hair and untidy clothes, there
+was something singularly pathetic about him, with his great, Irish-blue
+eyes and youthful, innocent-looking face. He had not been drinking for
+some weeks, and he wore no air of sottishness, nor of vagrancy, nor of
+any of his other crimes against self and family and society.
+
+"I dunno what I ever done," he had moaned for three days, rocking back
+and forth in his misery, the tears raining down his unwashed cheeks and
+splashing from his stubbly chin, "I dunno what I ever done that this
+thing should 'a' happened t' me! My gyurl! My Ang'la Ann!"
+
+"She were a good gyurl," he said to the detective, sitting suddenly
+forward.
+
+"So far 's we know, she were," his wife amended, "but she had no sinse
+yet, bein' so young, an' th' young niver belaves th' old. I don' see
+how a gyurl o' mine could go wrong, an' me hatin' it th' way I do. But
+she have more o' him in her nor o' me, down t' thim same shifty blue
+eyes thot kin look so swate, an' God knows what divilment's behint
+thim!"
+
+Casey smiled in wan coquetry at this charge against his fascinations,
+but reiterated in defense of his daughter:
+
+"She were a good gyurl. I seen a piece o' this world, of'cer, an' I kin
+till--min like us, we kin till gyurls that's merely flightsome from
+thim that's gon' t' th' bad. If she's bad, I don' want ye t' find her.
+Jes' show me th' felly thot lied t' her, an' I'll kill him--but I don'
+want ye t' find her; I don' niver want t' set eyes on her ag'in, if
+she've brought disgrace on me."
+
+"Ye won't lit it git in th' paapers, will ye?" Mary Casey pleaded
+for the twentieth time in her brief communications with the police.
+"Yell kape thim aff av her, won't ye--fer th' love o' Hiven? I'm after
+tellin' th' childern I'll kill th' first wan o' thim thot breathes t'
+a soul we don' know wheer Ang'la Ann is. Ag'in' she be all right an'
+come home some day, it'd go hard wid her if these Sheenies 'round here
+knew she was gon'--people do belave th' worst of a gyurl, always. I
+dunno what t' think o' my Ang'la Ann, but I don' want it to go haard
+wid her if she don' desarve it."
+
+The detective promised about the papers and went his way. A missing
+girl, with no probable complications of a horrible murder, excited
+only the feeblest interest at Maxwell Street, and this visit would
+comprehend the whole of the police activity expended in the case unless
+Angela Ann should happen to turn up under their incurious noses.
+
+The facts of the case were these: Angela Ann Casey, a slim,
+under-sized, pretty young thing just under eighteen, had left home
+on Monday morning, November 7th, apparently to go to work, and had
+not been seen since by her family or any one they knew. She was an
+unskilled worker, a bit of flotsam in the industrial whirlpool so cruel
+to her kind. In the summer she had worked for a few weeks in a cannery,
+pasting labels on fruit cans. When the cannery shut down, she answered
+an "ad" for extra help in the rush season of a cap factory, which laid
+her off when work slackened. And after a fortnight's idleness she was
+taken on as a bundle-wrapper in a cheap department store, where she met
+a girl who told her of a place needing more girls for the manufacture
+of cheap finery for the "levee" trade. Angela Ann applied, and was
+given work at a knife-pleating machine, at four dollars and a half a
+week. She was in this job, to the best of her mother's belief, when
+she disappeared; but a visit to the place on Tuesday laid bare the
+startling fact that she had "give notice" on Saturday night.
+
+Angela Ann had few intimates; her associates changed with her changes
+of occupation, and these were so many that she took root nowhere. A
+girl on Blue Island Avenue, to whose house Angela Ann sometimes went,
+called at Henry Street Tuesday evening and was told that Angela was out.
+
+"She's tellin' me she have a gran' fella," said the girl questioningly.
+
+"She have," lied Mary promptly, "did she iver tell ye his name?"
+
+No, she hadn't; so Mary said maybe Angela Ann wouldn't want her to tell
+it either.
+
+Mary's sister, Maggie O'Connor, who was married to a "will-t'-do"
+blacksmith and lived but a few blocks away, had also heard of a stylish
+young man who could not be asked to the back cellar on Henry Street, or
+even allowed to suspect it. In family council Mrs. O'Connor testified
+that she had offered her own "parlie" for the courting.
+
+"'Bring him here an' l'ave us have a look at him,' I sez to her. 'Ye
+kin have th' parlie anny toime ye want it,' I sez, 'an' if yer 'shamed
+o' yer Uncle Tim's brogue, he kin stay in th' shop, an' I'll talk t'
+him mesilf,' I sez."
+
+But Angela Ann had not accepted this handsome offer, nor had she
+confided the name of the young man to Mrs. O'Connor, who only knew that
+Angela Ann had assured her he was a gentleman beyond a doubt, for he
+had a gold watch and chain.
+
+Fired by this information, which he considered an important clue,
+Casey was for carrying it at once to the police so that they might
+investigate all young men wearing gold watches and thereby in due
+process find the one who knew Angela Ann. But before he could get
+away to furnish the detectives with this important information, Mrs.
+O'Connor had made some further suggestions. The chief of these was
+touching the advisability of consulting a fortune-teller.
+
+"Thim coppers," she opined, "is no good. Tim's after radin' a lot about
+thim in th' paapers, an' he sez they niver ketch nothin' 't all. He
+sint ye a dollar wid me and sez he, 'You till thim t' stop foolin' wid
+coppers an' go t' th' forchune-teller,' sez he."
+
+"I belave it have more t' do wid what th' forchune-teller know than
+wid what thim coppers kin foind out," reflected Mary Casey. It was the
+morning after the detective's visit, and Mrs. O'Connor had come over
+to ask the news. "Theer's somet'ing I didn't till th' ditictive," Mary
+confessed, "not knowin' how he'd take it--but the day befoore Ang'la
+Ann wint, a quare, wan-eyed cat kem here. Ivrywheer I wint thot day she
+traipsed at me heels, an' all Monday noight whin I was up watchin' fer
+Ang'la, th' cat was on th' windie-sill, howlin' what sounded joost like
+Aan-gla, Aan-gla, Aan-gla. Now what d'ye make o' thot?"
+
+Mrs. O'Connor had been fumbling in her plush wrist-bag during this
+recital. "Say," she said presently, holding out a very dirty card, "th'
+las' noight Ang'la Ann was t' our house she was after l'avin' th' baby
+play wid her purse, an' th' baby spilt all th' t'ings out av it. We
+picked thim up, an' I t'ought we got thim all, but whin I was clanein'
+yiste'day, I foun' this card. It mus' be hers, fer Tim say he niver see
+it, an' no more did I."
+
+The card read:
+
+  [Illustration: O. HALBERG,
+
+  _Dramatic Agent--West Madison Street_.]
+
+"That's him, I bet ye!" cried Casey excitedly, "that's th' felly wid
+th' gol' watch an' chain!"
+
+"Wait a minute!" commanded Mrs. O'Connor impatiently, "Tim sez thot
+have somet'ing t' do wid a theayter."
+
+"Sure," said Mary Casey, "Ang'la Ann wouldn't be so grane as t' ixpict
+no theayter guy t' marry her! She'd ought t' know thim niver marries;
+or if they do, they have a woife in ivery town, loike soldiers an'
+travelin'-min! I niver bin to no theayter in my loife, but I know that
+mooch!"
+
+Casey, who had lost his job by default, and had sat apathetically by
+the stove ever since gray morning dawned after the frantic vigil of
+Monday night, was struggling with the lacings of his shoes preparatory
+to setting forth to demolish O. Halberg if he proved his guilt by
+wearing a gold watch and chain.
+
+"Ye kin spend yer dollar on yer wan-eyed cat," he said indulgently,
+"but as fer me, I got t' foind thot felly thot lied t' me gyurl."
+
+So the inaction of the past three days was over, temporarily at least.
+Casey was bound for O. Halberg's and Mrs. Casey and Mrs. O'Connor were
+going to approach some fortune-teller with the dollar and the tale of
+the cat. But first of all Mary must go to the school and take Johnny
+out to mind Dewey and the baby in her absence.
+
+"Now you be keerful," she adjured Casey as he made ready to go, "an'
+don' kill nobody be mistaake. Th' bist way is t' kill nobody at all,"
+she continued cautiously.
+
+In spite of this caution, however, there would have been danger in
+prospect if Casey had owned a gun or if he had taken a few drinks. As
+it was, he was not a formidable figure when he presented himself at the
+number on West Madison Street, a few doors from Halsted.
+
+There was a pawnshop on the first floor, and beside it a narrow door,
+which opened upon a long flight of wooden stairs rising steeply to a
+dark hall, where, by the light of a two-foot gas burner, Casey could
+make out the name "O. Halberg" on one of the dozen doors. The name was
+painted on a black tin plate tacked to a rear door. Casey knocked.
+
+"Come in," said a guttural voice.
+
+Entering, Casey saw a man sitting with his feet on a battered desk;
+he was reading the morning paper and smoking a vile cigar. The
+walls, calcimined a kind of ultramarine blue, but grimed and fouled
+unspeakably, were hung with theatrical lithographs depicting thrilling
+scenes from plays on the blood-and-thunder circuit. For the rest, the
+furnishings were two wooden chairs, a giant cuspidor, and the desk,
+which looked as if it had never been new.
+
+"Have I," said Casey in his grandest manner, "th' honor t' addriss Mr.
+O. Halberg?"
+
+O. Halberg grunted that he had. Then Casey advanced a step further
+into the room and looked about for a sight or trace of Angela Ann.
+Nothing could have been more damning than O. Halberg's gold chain, but
+in no likelihood would Angela Ann, by any stretch of courtesy, have
+called him young; he was probably fifty, and not prepossessing from any
+possible point of view.
+
+"Me name is Casey," ventured the visitor, "me gyurl is lost, an' I'm
+lookin' fer her. We found this," proffering the dirty card, "an' we
+t'ought mebbe you'd know wheer she is."
+
+Casey was proud of the neatness and despatch of his "ditictive"
+methods, but more than a little disappointed to find so soon that he
+was on the wrong trail entirely. Mr. Halberg was truly surprised to be
+approached with any such query. A great many little silly, stage-struck
+girls flocked to see him, of course, and no doubt some of them got
+hold of his cards "in the hope of using them to impress managers," but
+he had no recollection of any girl named Casey--none whatever. And he
+resumed the reading of his paper.
+
+"I got th' coppers after her," murmured Casey apologetically, as he
+took his leave, "but thim coppers is no good. Ag'in' ye want ditictive
+work done, ye better do it yersilf."
+
+O. Halberg did not deign to reply, but when Casey was safely outside he
+stepped to the door and locked it. In case the "coppers" came around,
+it would be just as well to be "out"--it would save the coppers some
+troublesome pretense.
+
+In his descent of the steep stairs Casey met two girls coming up. They
+were about Angela Ann's age and were giggling nervously. One of them
+held between thumb and finger a quarter-inch "ad" from a morning paper,
+offering:
+
+"High-salaried positions in good road companies to young ladies of
+pleasing appearance. O. Halberg, Dramatic Agent--West Madison Street."
+
+"Ask him if this is the place," said the girl who appeared to be
+following the other's lead. Casey directed them to O. Halberg's door,
+then went on his way. A moment later, while he stood on the corner of
+Halsted Street waiting for a south-bound car, he saw the girls emerge
+from the door by the pawnshop. They passed him as they went to take an
+east-bound Madison Street car on the opposite corner.
+
+"Did ye foind him?" Casey asked.
+
+"No, he wasn't in."
+
+"That's quare," he said, startled, "he was there wan minute before."
+
+On his way home Casey dropped in at the Maxwell Street Station in a
+free-and-easy manner he would not have dreamed possible two days ago.
+He was so full of his "ditictive" experience that he felt he must have
+some one, if only a copper, to talk it over with. The detective who had
+called the night before wasn't in, so Casey related his recent daring
+exploit to no less a personage than the desk sergeant himself.
+
+It was well poor Casey could not hear the desk sergeant's account of
+the call after the self-appointed sleuth had gone on his way.
+
+Mrs. Casey was at home when her husband got there. Relating her
+adventures, after she had listened to his, she said that the
+fortune-teller, after accepting the dollar, had asked several searching
+questions about the one-eyed cat.
+
+"'Ag'in' th' cat come back, yer gyurl 'll come home,' she sez t' me."
+
+
+II
+
+The days dragged by. There seemed to be a complete lapse of the
+stone-cutting industry, so Casey had nothing to take his mind from
+his "ditictive" operations, which were interesting and unexhausting,
+though expensive in car-fare and unproductive of results. Angela Ann's
+weekly wage, for many years the main dependence of the family, being
+lost to them, they were closer even than was their wont to starvation
+and eviction; and winter was beginning to snarl around their warped,
+ill-fitting doors.
+
+As time wore on, the poignant horror of Angela Ann's absence grew
+mercifully less for all but Mary Casey. Night after night she wept the
+long hours through, until Casey complained of the depressing effect of
+her grief, and she felt constrained to hide it.
+
+"If I could on'y know she were dacintly dead," was her heart's cry, as
+better hopes died in her, "Ag'in' a bye l'ave home, he kin knock around
+an' pick up a bite here an' a lodgin' theer, an' be none th' worse fer
+it. But a gyurl bees diff'runt! Theer's always thim watchin' 'round
+thot's riddy t' do her harm."
+
+Meanwhile she lied bravely to the neighbors. "Angela Ann bees livin'
+out an' have th' graandes' plaace," she told them impressively; "th'
+lady she live wid 's after takin' her to Floridy fer to mind her little
+bye."
+
+Mary's hope was strong that Christmas would see the wanderer's return,
+but the holidays passed in unrewarded waiting. Casey had perforce
+abandoned his search, and worked a day or two now and then. Though the
+traces of really terrible suffering were still in his weak, winsome
+face, he had long since forsaken all hope of Angela Ann's "safety with
+honor," and, when it had come to seem unlikely that she ever would do
+so, took comfort in vowing that she should never again darken the door
+of his outraged home.
+
+Mary gave over pleading for her girl, in the interests of family peace,
+but, more and more like a specter as the weeks wore away, she haunted
+localities where Angela Ann had been or might be. Sometimes she had
+the baby in her arms, but oftener she left it with Dewey at their Aunt
+Maggie's, and roamed the streets unhampered in her never-ending quest.
+
+Evenings she would say, "I'll be goin' t' yer aunt's a bit," and
+slip away into the engulfing dark, to reappear in the glare of light
+marking the entrance to some cheap West Side theater or dance hall.
+Gradually her excursions extended downtown, where she would take up her
+station at the door of some place of amusement and stand watching the
+pleasure-seekers pour in, then turn away and wander aimlessly up and
+down the streets for an hour or so before facing homeward. In some way
+she heard about stage doors, and took to haunting them. She saw many
+girls of Angela's type, and wondered sadly if their mothers knew where
+they were, but her own girl was not among them. In those nights on the
+flaming streets she learned more about vice than she had ever dreamed
+of in all her life, and the world came to seem to her a vast trap set
+by the bestial for the unwary.
+
+Not hunger, nor cold, nor abuse, nor sickness, nor death, as it came
+to five of her children, had driven Mary Casey to anything like the
+poignancy of feeling that was hers now. Heretofore she had been
+patiently dumb under affliction; now her spirit cried out in a passion
+of pain that called straight upon Almighty God for an answer to its
+anguished questionings.
+
+With the aid of Casey, who was a "scollard," and could "r'ade 'n'
+write joost as aisy," she pored over the sensational papers in search
+of stories about girls in trouble, and never a horror happened to an
+unidentified girl anywhere but Mary was sure it was Angela Ann.
+
+Once there was an account of an unknown young woman found dead on
+the prairies near Dunning, the county institution. It was Johnnie
+who laboriously spelled out this story for her--Casey having gone to
+that club of congenial spirits, O'Shaughannessy's saloon--and at ten
+o'clock, when the children were all abed, her anxieties could brook
+no more delay. Throwing a shawl about her head and shoulders, she
+stole along the pitchy passageway, up the long flight of steps to the
+sidewalk, clutching the torn fragment of newspaper in the hand that
+held the shawl together beneath her chin.
+
+It was Saturday night, and the avenue was still brightly lighted. One
+or two acquaintances greeted her, but she hurried by with only a nod
+and a word. At Harrison and Halsted and Blue Island Avenue, where three
+streams of ceaseless activity converge, there is always a whirlpool
+rapids of traffic and humanity, and here, in a brilliant drug store,
+Mary felt far enough from her own haunts and all who knew her and
+Angela Ann to venture on her errand.
+
+"I want t' tillyphome," she whispered to the clerk, who pointed
+impatiently to the booth.
+
+"I dunno how," said Mary imploringly. "I want ye t' do it fer me. R'ade
+that." She thrust the dirty, crumpled fragment of the evening's yellow
+journal into his hand.
+
+The young man glanced at it, and then curiously at her. "I've read it,"
+he said.
+
+"Down here, somewheers," said Mary, pointing vaguely towards the last
+paragraph, "it till wheer she be, an' I want ye t' tillyphome that
+place an' ask thim have she a laarge brown mole on her lift side. If
+she have, I'm goin' out theer this night, fer 'tis my gyurl I t'ink she
+be."
+
+This was not as startling an episode to the young man addressed as it
+might have been to one in a quieter locality. Nevertheless, it smacked
+of the dramatic sufficiently to interest him, and when Mary proffered
+her nickel he called up the Dunning morgue.
+
+After what seemed an interminable wait, while the sleepy morgue
+attendant at the county poor-house was being summoned by repeated
+rings, and the brief colloquy was in progress, the clerk emerged from
+the booth.
+
+"The girl has been identified this evening," he said.
+
+Disappointment mingled with relief in Mary's countenance: she had
+reached that stage where it would have been not altogether unendurable
+to look at Angela Ann's dead face, even in a morgue.
+
+As she retraced her way home, the chill of the sharp February night
+struck into her mercilessly. When she set forth, she had scarcely
+noticed in it her preoccupation; but now that another expectation,
+however tragic, had proved false, and the situation stretched ahead
+of her indefinitely dull and despairing again, the abrupt relaxation
+left her physically as well as mentally "let down," and she shivered
+violently as she hurried along.
+
+"Mother o' God," she cried, the tears rolling swiftly down her shrunken
+cheeks, "wheer is my gyurl this noight? If I could on'y know she had a
+roof over her head an' a fire t' kape her warrm!"
+
+Casey was still out when she got back, and she was thankful, for the
+sight of her tears made him ugly these days. "She've disgraaced us,"
+he said of Angela Ann, "an' she be dead t' me, an' ought t' be t' you,
+if ye had proper shame."
+
+Mary could give herself up to the luxury of grief, therefore, and
+she did, until she fell asleep. The next morning she was up betimes,
+meaning to go to early mass in the basement of the church before
+"drissy folks" were abroad in their Sunday finery. For more than one
+reason Mary avoided the later masses; her rags were small shame to her
+compared with the more than half-suspicious inquiries of acquaintances
+as to the whereabouts of Angela Ann.
+
+"'Tis more lies I'm after tellin'," thought poor Mary, "than th' praste
+kin iver take aft o' me. 'N' ag'in' I do pinance enough t' kape me
+busy half me time, an' go t' git me holy c'munion, I'm not out o' th'
+prisence o' th' blissed Sacrament befoore I'm havin' t' lie ag'in t'
+save that poor, silly gyurl's name!"
+
+This morning, however, in spite of her early rising and her efforts to
+get to seven o'clock mass, events conspired to thwart her intentions.
+Mollie woke up with a headache, and Johnnie had to be despatched on a
+vinegar-borrowing expedition, so that the time-honored application of
+brown paper soaked in vinegar might be made to the poor little head.
+The baby cried lustily, with a colicky cry, and Mary had to hasten the
+boiling of tea, that wee Annie might have a good, hot cup to soothe
+her. Casey, complaining profanely of broken slumbers, was in no mood to
+be left home with fretting children while Mary went to mass.
+
+It was nine o'clock before she could get away; the last mass in the
+basement was at nine o'clock. But the Elevation of the Host had been
+celebrated before she got there, and she turned disappointedly to
+the stairs; she would have to wait for half-past nine mass in the
+main church. It seemed as if Providence were balking her, but on the
+stairway she learned the reason why.
+
+"Ye mus' be sure t' say a spicial prayer on this mass," said one woman
+who passed her to another, "'tis the first mass this young praste have
+iver said, an' a blissin' go wid it t' thim thot prays wid him."
+
+Saul on the Damascus road had no more overwhelming sense of arrest and
+redirection than Mary Casey had, as, trembling with excitement, she
+reached the top of the stairway.
+
+"Think o' that now," she told herself, "an' if I had come t' th' airly
+mass I'd niver 'a' known it!"
+
+Hardly would her knees uphold her until she could sink into an obscure
+pew, far back under the gallery. And there, at the tense moment when
+the silver-toned bell proclaimed commemoration of the great lifting-up
+in suffering, Mary raised her faith-full prayer: "A'mighty God, sind
+me gyurl back t' me! But if it don' be in yer heart t' do thot mooch,
+maake her a good gyurl wheeriver she be. Fer th' love av Christ, Amin."
+
+Not often in any lifetime, perhaps, does it come to pass that one prays
+with such sublime assurance of crying straight into the listening
+ear of Omnipotence that will inevitably keep faith with poor flesh.
+For nigh on to forty years Mary Casey had listened to reiterations
+of the old and new Covenants, but they had fallen on sterile ground
+in her soul. It was the little chance remark about the new priest's
+first mass, dropping into harrowed and watered soil, that flowered in
+immediate faith.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+The mass ended and the throngs of worshipers passed out, but Mary sat
+unheeded and unheeding in her dim corner, her simple mind grappling
+with the stupendous idea of its Covenant with Heaven.
+
+Before she had any realizing sense of time, the church had filled again
+for high mass. Then the lighting of the great white altar fascinated
+her, and she felt an intense desire to live again through such a moment
+of assurance as she had lately experienced--to hear that bell ring
+again, to smell the incense, and to believe that in some wonderful,
+wonderful way it was all a part of that prayer of hers that Heaven was
+bound to answer.
+
+So she stayed on, in her far-away pew, to the remotest corner of which
+she was crowded as the enormous church filled to its capacity. With the
+entrance of the preacher into the pulpit, though, she was conscious of
+a distinct "let-down." She had never liked sermons; they dealt with
+things so formally. Even when the priests made their greatest efforts
+to be plain-spoken and understandable, she seldom got any personal help
+from their discourse. They were prone to denunciations of adultery and
+drunkenness and other sins of which she was innocent, and to vague
+exhortations looking toward a hereafter on which her imagination had
+never taken any but the feeblest hold. But what was this priest saying?
+Something about a little household that the Lord had loved, and one of
+its two sisters had gone astray!
+
+The woman sitting next to Mary nudged her other neighbor and glanced in
+the direction of Mary's face, thrust forward as if so as not to lose a
+syllable, the tears chasing each other unheeded down its furrows. In
+her lap Mary's gnarled hands were clasped in painful intensity.
+
+Over and over, since she was a tiny child in Ireland, she had heard
+this Catholic rendering, of Mary of Bethany's story, but it had never
+meant anything to her. To-day it meant everything.
+
+  [Illustration: "MARY SAT UNHEEDED AND UNHEEDING IN HER DIM CORNER, HER
+  MIND GRAPPLING WITH THE STUPENDOUS IDEA"]
+
+"An' I said I niver wanted t' see her ag'in if she'd disgraaced me,"
+she told herself, and was appalled at the remembrance.
+
+That afternoon, toward the early dusk, she sat in the dark kitchen
+holding Annie in her lap; all the other children were out. Casey,
+who had not left the house all day, was huddled up to the stove,
+smoking his rank pipe; he was unshaven and unwashed, and wore a
+coarse undershirt of a peculiar mustard color which lent his pallid,
+grime-streaked face a ghastly hue. He had been talking about a "gran'
+job" of which a man had told him, and building large castles about
+moving to a better street and a better house and buying a "parlie suit
+be aisy paymints."
+
+Mary listened believingly; twenty years of listening to these dreams
+which never came true had not killed her hopefulness. As she listened,
+though, her hopes outran Casey's, for she could conceive no possible
+felicity without Angela Ann. How to introduce the now-forbidden subject
+of Angela was a problem, but clearly the only way was to plunge in.
+
+"Yis," she assented, "I t'ink we should have a parlie. It have always
+been my belafe thot if we'd had a parlie Ang'la wouldn't niver 'a' wint
+away. Ag'in' she come home, I'm goin' t' kape th' parlie noice fer her
+an' lave her have her beau ivry noight, an' no wan t' bother thim. An'
+I ain't goin' t' lave her go downtown t' work no more--theer's too
+manny bad min. She kin stay home an' moind th' house, an' I'll git
+scrubbin' t' do t' th' Imporium. Wid what you earn an' what I earn, we
+kin give her mebbe a dollar a wake fer spindin' money."
+
+Mary waxed excited as her dream unfolded, but Casey was ironical.
+
+"Whin d'ye _ixpict_ her?" he inquired, with pride in the sarcasm.
+
+"I dunno," said Mary, undaunted, "but I know she'll come. An' whin she
+do, I'll not ask her anny quistions. I don' keer how she come t' me, so
+she come. No matter what she've done, theer mus' be dipths she haven't
+r'ached yit, an' all I ask now is t' save her from gittin' anny worse
+than she be. D'ye know what I prayed t' th' Mother o God befoore I
+lift th' church this mornin'? I prayed that our Ang'la Ann'd git in
+trouble--in tur'ble trouble 'n' disgraace so thot thim thot's lid her
+away'd t'row her out, 'n' no wan but God 'n' her mother'd take her in!"
+
+In speechless astonishment Casey gazed at the vehement woman before
+him. Some instinct made him hold his peace while she told about the
+priest's first mass, about the sermon, about the answer she confidently
+expected to her prayer. While he listened, his easy Irish emotionalism
+caught the contagion of her belief, and his tears flowed unchecked as
+he alternately cursed the man that had led Angela away, and prophesied
+glowingly of the "parlie" that was to be.
+
+It was pitchy dark in the kitchen now, and Mary got up to light the
+lamp. As she did so, a sound at the door caused her nearly to drop the
+lamp. Hurrying to the door, she threw it open, and with the light in
+one hand peered out into the black yard.
+
+"Here, pussy, pussy," she called. Then, as her call was answered, "My
+God! what did I tell ye? Tis the wan-eyed cat!"
+
+
+III
+
+The next morning the postman brought a letter. Mary was not surprised
+to get it. Casey had gone to look for the "gran' job," and the older
+children were in school, so the letter could not be read, but she could
+make out the signature, written in the large, unformed hand where-with
+Angela had covered every available space in the days of her brief but
+laborious apprenticeship to the art of writing.
+
+With trembling hand Mary tucked the letter in her bosom, hastily got
+ready herself and Dewey and the baby, and started for Maggie's. Maggie
+was younger and had enjoyed more educational advantages. She could
+"r'ade printin'" easily, and "writin"' fairly well if it hadn't too
+many flourishes.
+
+"She says," spelled out Mrs. O'Connor, "'Dear Ma, I'm at ---- West
+Randolph Street I'm sick I'm afraid to go home count of Pa Your Loving
+daughter Angela Ann Casey.' I'll go wid ye," finished Mrs. O'Connor in
+the same breath.
+
+Out of her small store of tawdry finery she lent several articles
+to make Mary "look more drissy," and while they got ready for their
+momentous journey, Mary related the events of the day before, and of
+Saturday night.
+
+"Me an' Tim," said Maggie, when the tale had reached the stage of the
+"parlie" and Mary's earnings as a scrub-woman, "was figgerin' how we
+could help out a bit, ag'in' she come home, an' Tim have promised t'
+take me 'n' her to th' theayter quite frayquint of a Sat'day noight,
+an' together we're goin' t' give her half a dollar ivry wake t' spind
+on her clo'es."
+
+The number they sought on West Randolph Street was not far from the
+fateful Haymarket Square. There was a store on the ground floor, with
+living rooms behind. And above, a long flight of oilcloth-covered
+stairs led to a "hotel."
+
+They inquired first in the store, but no one there had ever heard of
+Angela Ann. Then, with fast-beating hearts, the women mounted to the
+office of the hotel, an inside room facing the head of the first flight
+of stairs. The door stood open, and they looked, before entering, into
+a gas-lighted room furnished with yellow-painted wooden arm-chairs
+ranged along the walls and flanked by a sparser row of cuspidors; a
+big sheet-iron stove on a square zinc plateau filled the middle of
+the room, and near the door, behind a small desk like a butcher-store
+cashier's, sat the "clerk," chewing vigorously and expectorating
+without accuracy.
+
+"Yes, she has a room here," he answered to Mary's question, "hall room,
+rear, third floor."
+
+"In a minute!" called Angela Ann's voice when Mary had knocked.
+
+"My God, 'tis hersilf," sobbed Mary, and fell a-weeping violently.
+
+"Ma!" cried Angela Ann, and threw open the door. She had been in bed
+when they knocked, and had not waited to put on her clothes when she
+heard her mother's voice. At the touch of her, the clinging clasp of
+her poor, thin, cold little arms, Mary grew hysterical.
+
+"Don't, Ma, don't," begged Angela.
+
+"She've grieved hersilf sick over ye," said Maggie, unable to forbear
+this much of a reprimand now that the sinner was found. "Iver since ye
+wint she've been loike wan crazy. Come, Mary; now ye've got her, brace
+up!"
+
+"Sure, Ma," echoed the girl, "now ye've got me, brace up, I ain't never
+goin' t' lave ye no more, Ma--honest t' God, I ain't."
+
+"Wheer ye been?" Mary raised her head, and drawing back from the girl
+peered anxiously into her face. "In God's name, Ang'la Ann, wheer you
+been? Tell me ye've kep' dacint, gyurl, tell me ye've kep' dacint!"
+
+Angela sat down on the dingy, disordered bed and began to cry, hiding
+her face in her hands. For a long moment the silence, save for her soft
+sobbing, was profound. Then a low moan escaped Mary, a moan of anguish
+inexpressible, showing how deeply, notwithstanding her resolution of
+yesterday, she had cherished the hope of her daughter's safety.
+
+  [Illustration: IN GOD'S NAME, ANG'LA ANN, WHEER YOU BEEN?]
+
+Angela raised her head. The pain in her mother's moan was beyond
+her comprehension, and she could only understand it as horror and
+condemnation.
+
+"Are ye--are ye--goin' t' t'row me off?"' she asked.
+
+"T'row ye off? Ah, me gyurl, if ye'll on'y stick t' me as long as
+I'll stick t' you, 'tis all I'll ask o' Hiven! Tis fer yer sake I was
+prayin' no harm had come t' ye--not fer mine. Whativer happen t' ye,
+ye're me Ang'la Ann thot I nursed from yer first brith. An' ye don'
+know all I'm fixin' t' do fer ye--me an' yer pa an' yer Aunt Maggie,
+here, and yer Uncle Tim----"
+
+And there followed a glowing account of the feast prepared for the
+prodigal's return.
+
+"Th' idare o' you bein' afraid o' yer pa," chided Mary, "an' him fixin'
+t' git a stiddy job an' not have ye go downtown no more."
+
+Far shrewder than her mother, Angela Ann did not overestimate
+this excellent intention of her pa's, but she said nothing of the
+bitterness that was in her heart on account of his past crimes. It was
+a long-standing grievance with her that her mother could never, for
+more than a fleeting, irritated moment at a time, be made to see Casey
+as others saw him. Angela Ann had been working for him since she was
+eleven (child-labor laws were lax, then) and giving up her every penny
+to pay rent and buy insufficient mites of coal and food--just enough to
+keep them alive and no more--and it was starvation of many sorts that
+sent her at last into the clutches of them that prey. The girl was full
+of self-pity, and impatient with her mother because the older woman had
+forgotten how to rebel.
+
+"Yer pa say, though," added Mary, "thot he won't promise not i' kill
+the felly thot lid ye away; he've got tur'ble wingeance on him--yer pa
+have."
+
+Angela Ann smiled grimly. "I guess theer's quite a few pa's lookin' fer
+him," she said, "but they don't ever seem t' find him."
+
+"Did he prom'se t' marry ye?" asked Mary anxiously.
+
+"I should say not! He promised to make me a primmy donny."
+
+"What's that?" fearfully.
+
+"'Tis a kind of actress that wear tights an' sings," explained Angela.
+"I'm after r'adin' in books how gran' they be, an' in the papers
+it tell how the swell fellies do be runnin' after thim with diming
+necklusses, an' marryin' of 'em. 'Tis all a lie!" she cried shrilly.
+
+"Ye see," Mary could not refrain from reminding her. "I tol' ye thim
+theayters was all wrong. We kind o' t'ought it might be thim thot got
+ye, an' yer pa wint t' see this here Halberg, whin we foun' the caard
+out o' yer pocke'-book. But he said he niver hear tell o' ye."
+
+"Did pa go there?" questioned Angela eagerly. She was all interest to
+know how the search for her had been carried on, and "did th' p'lice
+know?" and "how did ye kape it out o' th' papers?"
+
+Yes, it had been Halberg "all the time," she admitted. She had answered
+his advertisement, and after a week's drill he had sent her, true to
+his published word, in a "road company" that mitigated the gloom of
+coal miners' lives by singing and dancing--and carousing--in a circuit
+of saloons in the soft coal regions of Illinois. When she fell sick,
+the company abandoned her without the formality of paying her any
+salary, and a foul-tongued, soft-hearted landlady, whose own young
+daughter was God knew where, had let Angela stay in her wretched hotel
+until she was able by dishwashing and lampfilling chores to earn the
+few dollars to take her back to Chicago.
+
+"But I couldn' get no stren'th back," the girl went on, "an' that woman
+at th' hotel, Mis' Schlogel, she sez t' me, 'You better go home t' yer
+ma, that's wheer you better go,' an' she bundled me off Friday mornin'.
+But I was scairt t' go home right t' wunst till I seen how youse was
+goin' t' be t' me, so I come here wheer I stayed whin I was studyin'
+wid O. Halberg, an' Friday night I got awful sick an' laid here all
+night awake an' burnin' up an' my head achin' t' beat th' band. An' all
+day Sat'day an' Sunday I wasn't able to go out fer nothin' t' eat, an'
+th' propri'ter wouldn't order me nothin' sent in fer fear I wouldn't be
+able t' pay. A woman in the nex' room light-house-keeps, an' she made
+me tea a couple o' times after she heard I was sick an' alone."
+
+"Why in Hivin's name," Maggie broke in, "did ye niver drap yer ma a
+line t' say ye were aloive? Ye needn't 'a' tol' wheer ye was, but ye
+could 'a' said ye were in the land o' th' livin', surely?"
+
+"I was 'shamed," whimpered Angela; "I fought ye wouldn't keer wheer I
+was if I wasn't doin' dacint."
+
+"Think o' that, now!" cried Mary. "That's all a gyurl do know about
+her ma. Whin yer a ma yersilf ye'll know better, an' not till thin, I
+suppose."
+
+Thus was Angela Ann made sure of her welcome home.
+
+"An' not wan but yer own kin know ye've been missin'" said Mary, as she
+helped the girl to get ready for the return, "so ye kin hol' up yer hid
+an' look th' world in th' faace. An' may God fergive yer mother the
+loies she've tol' t' save yer name!"
+
+
+
+
+  [Illustration]
+
+BORDEN
+
+BY GEORGE C. SHEDD
+
+ILLUSTRATIONS BY WALTER BIGGS
+
+One rainy afternoon I was sitting with my friend Carter, in his log
+house. Through the open door we could see the road, all cut up by
+wagon-tracks, running with water; lumps of mud thrust their black heads
+up in it everywhere; the bordering grass was wet and heavy. And down by
+the creek the fringe of trees made only a gray blur.
+
+We had talked ourselves pretty near out when a rider splashed up to
+the door. His ragged beard stuck out stiff, full of rain-drops, and
+his slouch hat had an unpleasant tilt forward. To Carter's invitation
+to enter he shook his head, asked if such-and-such a person had passed
+within the hour, and, receiving an affirmative reply, pulled his hat
+down tighter and galloped away west. "Who is that?" I inquired.
+
+"That! Why, that's Borden. It's easy to see you're new out here. His
+hand holds the river from Saint Joe to Omaha, and men think twice
+before trying to break his grip." He drew out his pipe and tobacco,
+stuffed the bowl thoughtfully, and struck a match. "If you want to hear
+about the first time I saw him at work, I'll tell you."
+
+I nodded.
+
+"Eh? Well, this was the way of it":
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+At the end of the war I settled here--that was five years ago. Borden
+lived a mile up the creek, and so, as times went, we were neighbors.
+By the people yonder in Kinton he was not liked, being grim, rough,
+savage, altogether unsociable and short of word. Besides, they
+remembered '57. In that year he appeared from no one knew where, took
+his claim, and proceeded to live after his own fashion. Then the
+high-handed Claim Club of the village went about it to drive him "in or
+over the river"--a bad night for them. They rode back to Kinton with
+three dead men laid across saddles. That was in the rough days of the
+Territory, the days when men in the Nebraska hills along the Missouri
+were a law unto themselves.
+
+  [Illustration: "THEY CROWDED HIS HORSE UNTIL IT HUNG BACK FROM THE
+  OTHERS"]
+
+Once he tied up on his own deck a steamboat captain who was drunk
+and bent on murder; single-handed he ran down two horse-thieves; and
+another time he choked the money out of a river-gambler who had robbed
+a boy. Oh, they knew Borden up and down the river in those days! Then
+he went to war as one of Thayer's sharpshooters, returning at the end
+of it to be appointed United States marshal. And he had been riding
+that saddle six months when I came.
+
+One day he and another pulled rein at my door.
+
+"Come with me," he said abruptly. "I want you to look after this
+fellow--you're my deputy till further notice." He did not waste time
+over oaths or official nonsense.
+
+"Now, see here--" the man started to say. But Borden cut him off with a
+scowl.
+
+"Who is he?" I asked.
+
+"Him?--Fitch. You've heard of him, I guess."
+
+Heard of him, of course, as everyone had; of his sly, petty legal
+tricks by which he grabbed land here and land there until his titles
+spotted the country about Nebraska City; of his rent-squeezing that
+smelled over the whole town; of these, and other things. He was a lean,
+dark, uneasy fellow, wearing a rumpled tile and a shiny coat, riding
+all crouched up, and pulling his horse away from everybody we met.
+
+After we started, Borden told me that Fitch had brought him notice to
+serve on Dempster--old John Dempster, his friend. Now, that made a bad
+job for the Marshal. I saw it from the way he answered not a word to
+Fitch, who now and then pressed up--intent on the business--to make him
+talk. Once Borden pulled out his heavy wrinkled boot from the stirrup
+and kicked the other's horse in the belly until it reared on its
+haunches. For Borden was the law's officer, but no man's servant.
+
+Our way ran three miles up from Kinton. There was no road, and we
+followed along the edge of the bluffs as best we were able, until
+finally we dipped down into a ravine and so came to our destination. It
+was a wooded flat on the bank of the river, made by a sudden retreat
+of the hills--a sort of pocket. The space was not large, a handful of
+acres, and it looked smaller than it really was. The bluffs curved
+around it on three sides in a yellow, crumbling wall; on the fourth
+flowed the muddy waters of the Missouri. The house was in the center
+of a small clearing, and when we came in sight of it Fitch pulled up
+behind a small thicket of scrub. Borden, as if he never saw the fellow
+halt, rode straight up to the door where John Dempster sat shaping an
+axe-haft.
+
+"Jack," said Borden, swinging down from his saddle, "I've come to have
+a talk with you."
+
+Dempster shaved the haft a minute, laid it aside, and gazed off toward
+the clump of scrub. The two men were something alike, though the man
+seated on the door-sill was the older, both past the prime, both spare
+of words, both come to the West in the same year. They had lain side by
+side behind a sleety log before Fort Donelson, and each in his three
+years of service had felt the touch of hot lead.
+
+"How d'you come--friend or enemy?"
+
+"The first, and always, I hope. It depends on you. Why did you kick him
+off of here yesterday, Jack? He's full of poison over it."
+
+"Let him keep off then," was the gruff response.
+
+Both looked again at the clump where Fitch could be seen through the
+thin screen of bushes. After a while Dempster took out his tobacco, cut
+off a piece, and passed the rest to us.
+
+"You're in a dirty way of business when you're mixed up with him," he
+said slowly. "An' I 'spose you've come to run me out."
+
+"What's at the bottom of this trouble?" returned Borden, evading the
+point. "'Tain't the land--what is it he's after?"
+
+Dempster spat. "He's gettin' even. I knocked him down last spring when
+I was at Nebraska City, for lyin' about--never mind. That's all. So he
+sneaked around an' hunted out where I live an' filed on the land." A
+dull fire lighted up under his bushy eyebrows.
+
+"Why didn't you file long ago?"
+
+"Does the gover'ment take away a man's home when he's fought in the
+war?"
+
+"You know how I feel about it," replied Borden, and he laid his hand on
+the other's shoulder. "But it's too late for you to try to keep it now.
+You'd better look up another place."
+
+"No, I'm goin' to stay here, I guess, or nowhere."
+
+Borden knew that the decision was inflexible. As he rose, put his foot
+in the stirrup, and raised himself into the saddle, he determined,
+however, to have another try.
+
+"Come and settle up along the creek by me. There's an open claim just
+beyond mine, better than this piece."
+
+  [Illustration: "'YOU GOT THE BEST O' ME, DICK; I'LL GO'"]
+
+Dempster shook his head; maybe he was thinking of the clearing back in
+Indiana and the boughs under which he had drawn his first breath,
+maybe this poor fringe of woods along the river was dearer to him than
+all the treeless prairie.
+
+"We've lived here near ten years now," he said at last, "the old woman
+an' Joe--an' me, 'ceptin' when I was at war. I guess if we go, you'll
+have to use your gun."
+
+"I'm sorry, Jack, but you've got to go. And I give you a week. It's not
+me that says so, it's the law."
+
+"Law!" answered Dempster, with sudden rising fierceness. "Does the law
+drive a man off his own?"
+
+It was the law, not justice, that was driving him. Without replying a
+word, Borden, and I by his side, rode away. When we reached the lean,
+eager face behind the scrub, the Marshal broke out, "You vulture, keep
+behind us! If you try to ride even, I'll sink your carcass in the
+river." And in that order, with him trailing us, we came back to Kinton.
+
+Well, during the next week the more I turned the thing over on my
+tongue the less I liked the taste of it, but Borden was not one to
+consider dislikes--neither another man's nor his own--when he was
+riding the law's saddle. So I resolved to go through with it, and was
+ready Thursday morning. He came out from Nebraska City, accompanied
+by six deputies, men he had tried, who would not back off from the
+mouth of a gun, for he knew the door he must enter that day. Fitch was
+among them; oh, he was yellow over it! Borden had dragged him along to
+the whole end of the dirty business. The tale, too, was out among the
+deputies, and Fitch saw plainly what rope they would have swung him
+by. Grim looks were his every mile; when he pushed up among them, they
+crowded his horse to the withers until it hung back from the others;
+one cursed him fully and foully. They intended that he should earn that
+bit of ground before the day was done.
+
+In the ravine at the edge of the flat we tied our horses. The men
+unslung their rifles, hitched their revolvers about, and waited, while
+Borden went down the hollow to reconnoiter. Perhaps half an hour had
+passed when he climbed down the bank above our heads and dropped into
+our midst.
+
+"Quick! The boy's gone for water to the spring. Straight ahead there.
+No shooting till I give the word."
+
+The men nodded, we filed down the ravine single-file, and the next
+minute were advancing noiselessly through the trees, spreading out
+gradually as we crossed the flat toward the clearing where stood the
+log house. The deputies went ahead, alert, silent, with an eye on
+Borden, who walked a little before them, each keeping a tree in line
+with the door.
+
+Perhaps things were no different that morning than they were at any
+time; yet the little flat seemed possessed of a very great quiet,
+broken only by the slight swish of our boots through the dry grass.
+As we neared the cabin, we saw that its windows and door were shut.
+Fitch, who clung to me as though he found more comfort in my company,
+occasionally wiped drops of sweat from his yellow forehead, and removed
+his high hat to let the wind blow through his hair.
+
+The other men went ahead unconcerned enough. One big fellow dropped
+his gun into the crook of his arm, pulled out a piece of tobacco, and
+carefully picked the lint off it. When he had had a bite, he tossed it
+to a comrade, who caught it handily, buried it for a moment under his
+mustache, and then held up the remnant to the other's sight, grinning.
+He tossed it back; neither had lost his place in the advancing line.
+
+Fifty yards from the house Borden signaled a halt. Rifle-butts slipped
+to the ground, and the men leaned with backs against their trees--all
+except two, who handed their guns to others and veered off towards
+the bluffs, the direction Borden indicated, to the spring. A brown,
+grizzled fellow, sheltered behind an elm a few feet from me, turned
+his attention to Fitch, whom he examined curiously and at leisure,
+concluding his inspection by spitting his way. Then his look strayed
+south. After a little he began to sing softly:
+
+  The flat-boats 'r in an' the bull-boats 'r a-stoppin'
+  An' licker runnin' free,--oh, hell is a-poppin'!
+  Down on the river, down on----
+
+He broke off suddenly, turning his head a little way towards where the
+two men had entered the bushes, listening. Directly he finished the
+lines:
+
+  Down on the river, down on the river,
+  Down on the Misser-ee when the boats come in.
+
+The man must have had ears like an Indian's. He folded his arms across
+the muzzle of his rifle and began watching the bushes that fringed the
+base of the hill; the other men also were looking that way. A minute
+passed. All at once a young fellow slipped out from nowhere, running
+and carrying a full bucket. He was bare-headed, his sleeves rolled
+to the elbows. He ran a few steps toward the house, quickly slanted
+off, and kept going, while turning his head this way and that. I saw
+the cause of his sudden change in direction, for there was one of the
+deputies running parallel with him, but between him and the door. The
+second came in sight a minute later, farther down, and from behind a
+thicket, abreast of the other two. They had the young fellow between
+them.
+
+The rest of us were strung about before the house in a half-circle, the
+three runners being on the outside of the circle. Everything was quiet,
+for Borden's hounds don't hunt with their mouths open. Young Dempster
+carried his bucket of water with scarcely a slop or a splash; the inner
+deputy gradually moved out and behind him. Two men at the tail of the
+line fell away from their trees to meet him--and there he was in a
+ring. The man nearest me, still leaning on his rifle, gave a cluck of
+his tongue as if it were all over. But it was not. A shot cracked from
+the door, and the deputy who was on the outside flipped his hand in
+the air as if he had been stung. His fingers were all bloody. That was
+a pretty shot, I tell you; old Jack Dempster ticked the button on his
+son's shirt to make it, for the men were running breast and breast from
+the door.
+
+The boy saw the trap he was in. Just as he came even with me, he
+whirled and took his chance through the line. It was quick--oh,
+quick as a cat! Three of us met him. But he was in moccasins and
+light-footed, jumping this way and that, and though my neighbor flung
+his rifle between his legs, he skipped it and was nearly through. He
+sprang to one side, leaped at Fitch--the water was splashing now--and
+swerved past him. Maybe it was the nasty look on his face that made
+Fitch shoot, anyway the fellow fired his revolver. It did not seem as
+if he could miss; Joe ran straight for the cabin. Half way there the
+bucket slipped from his hand; then he began to stagger a little. Near
+the door he went to his knees and, with a look over his shoulder at us
+while fumbling for his revolver, crawled behind the chopping-log.
+
+"I got him before he got me," said Fitch, fairly green about the mouth,
+"He was going to kill me."
+
+Borden took a step toward him, paused for the time of a single breath,
+whirled around, and was behind his tree. As for the other men, I never
+want to see such faces as they wore.
+
+After that it seemed to me as if our business had come to a standstill.
+It was little shelter we had, just a tree apiece. We might as well have
+been tied to them with cords, for the old man was watching from his
+lair, and that with his boy's blood red in his eyes, ready to catch us
+either advancing or retiring. Nor was the young fellow so badly hurt
+but what he could pull a trigger. And Borden never retired that I ever
+heard of--that wasn't his way. Any instant I expected to hear a bullet
+snip the bark on my tree. I never felt so big before or since, big as
+a hill, and I drew myself together mighty small, I can tell you.
+
+While I was wondering what would come next, Borden stepped out into
+the open. He walked toward the door, calm and steady, and without
+particular haste, his revolver in its holster. It all happened so
+quickly it took me by surprise; the Dempsters, man and boy, must have
+been struck by it, for not a shot was fired. But to advance that way,
+to clasp hands with death! Maybe you've heard soldiers tell about
+charging in the face of cannon, how they felt--I know I felt worse just
+to see him go straight toward the house. I got dizzy, dizzy sick. Then
+it had all fallen so still, the little wind in the trees and the leaves
+stirring over the ground. I looked at the other men, thinking they
+could somehow change it; the grizzled old chap was chewing his tobacco
+as fast as he could, and the man with the bloody fingers had finished
+tying them up in his handkerchief. First thing I knew I was half out
+from behind my tree, watching him.
+
+"Keep back, Dick Borden," warned the man in the house--I swear his
+voice shook as he said it--"keep back, or, by God, I'll shoot!"
+
+"I'm coming into that door, Jack Dempster," was Borden's reply.
+
+He never flinched, never stopped. Then the rifle sounded, and, like an
+echo, the boy's revolver echoed it. Borden was hit--how could they fail
+at that distance and such a mark? But he managed to win the log where
+young Dempster lay. He stood there an instant, then slowly sat down
+upon it. A second time the young fellow lifted his weapon, and every
+man of us could see the Marshal looking into the muzzle. Orders or no
+orders, that was too much for even the deputies; the click of their
+rifle hammers ran along the trees. Borden heard it.
+
+"Don't shoot, men!"
+
+His voice was not loud, but harsh, and keyed high, as if his throat was
+dry. I think the next sound was a groan from the boy, and his revolver
+wavered and slipped in his fingers.
+
+"It's the gun you gave me," he said, "an' I can't kill you with it."
+
+Borden turned his head painfully from side to side, saw a stick, bent
+down laboriously, got it at last, and by its aid raised himself to
+his feet. That seemed to exhaust him. He stood for a moment, inert
+and useless, like an old man. Then he began to hoist himself forward
+step by step to the door. Iron will, just iron, it was. And it was
+terrible to see him--one shoulder and arm swinging low and limp, his
+knees lifting high as if knotted with stiffness, his head protruding in
+intense effort. The distance was short, but long, long for him.
+
+"Keep back! keep back!" cried Dempster. He himself was half out of the
+door, gripping his gun with one hand, warding the relentless Marshal
+off with the other.
+
+Borden answered nothing, another step.
+
+"You've got to stop!" begged Dempster. "Don't make me kill you, an'
+I can't let you in. Go back, go back! We fought together, we marched
+together, we ate and slept together, Dick--for God's sake, don't come
+nearer!"
+
+One step at a time, putting his stick forward bit by bit and dragging
+himself to it with his queer uplifting knees, Borden moved himself
+ahead. There was something stern and inhuman in this persistence. So it
+went to the last bitter inch. Then Borden's breast touched the rifle's
+muzzle. The two men stood looking into each other's eyes, measuring
+life and death.
+
+That is a minute in my mind forever. The young fellow had dragged
+himself a little way from behind his log--half-following, fascinated,
+supporting himself by his two hands--and was staring at them. The empty
+bucket lay on its side in the sunshine. The wind whined and whined
+through the trees. And the wife's haggard face peered over Dempster's
+shoulder in the door.
+
+"I arrest you!"
+
+The stick dropped from his fingers, he clutched at the man's sleeve and
+fell across the door-sill. All I remember is that we were all crowding
+about the door, with the boy cursing from the ground behind us for
+someone to help him. Even Fitch had come, twisting and pushing among
+the rest.
+
+Borden was white and still, but he came around directly and stared at
+us a little. We laid him on a blanket outside the door, along with
+Joe, who carried his lead just below the knee. The Marshal was pretty
+bad, having a bullet through his collar-bone and another through his
+side, this one a big ugly hole. There were plenty of us to help, some
+to cut and to strip their clothes, some to fetch water, some to wash
+the wounds, some to tear bandages. One had already started south for a
+doctor. Dempster was on his knees by his old comrade.
+
+"You got the best o' me, Dick; I'll go."
+
+Borden smiled a little. It was good to look at their two faces then.
+
+Fitch, who was rubbing his hands evilly, put in, "Yes, you get off here
+within an hour. And I'll have the law on you, too, for the kicking you
+gave me."
+
+One of the men struck him across the mouth.
+
+"Tie him," said Borden, "and hang him."
+
+Well, there was a noisy to-do, the fellow screeching that it was
+against the law, that he shot the boy for trying to kill him, that it
+was on his own land, and the like. He kept it up until his screech fell
+into a quaver, and terror came into his eyes. Borden smiled again at
+sight of him, this time with lips that made a straight white line.
+
+"The law!" he said, at last. "I am the law."
+
+He let the matter go as far as the rope around the wretch's neck; then
+it seemed as if Fitch was dead already. No, Borden didn't hang him;
+he had another idea, the claim. He waited until Fitch had his senses
+once more and told him he would be taken to Nebraska City and tried for
+attempted murder. Fitch began to beg, while Borden listened with grim
+satisfaction. He would let the claim go, he would start down the river,
+quit the country. The rope was thrown off and Borden ordered him away;
+and with a sudden fierce oath that made him gasp from pain, Borden
+swore he would shoot him with his own hand if he caught sight of him
+again.
+
+Fitch knew that Borden meant what he said, and he wasn't seen again in
+Nebraska. Six months or so fetched Borden round, and let him into the
+saddle again. It must be lead in the heart or brain to kill men of his
+fiber--and Dempster had been shaky with his gun. Things got a little
+loose while the Marshal was on his back up there in the cabin, but he
+tightened them up again soon. We'll ride up there some day and see the
+spot. Yes, the Dempsters have the title to the place now.
+
+  [Illustration]
+
+  [Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+  [Illustration]
+
+THE GLOUCESTER MOTHER
+
+BY SARAH ORNE JEWETT
+
+DECORATION BY WLADYSLAW T. BENDA
+
+  [Illustration]
+
+  When Autumn winds are high
+  They wake and trouble me,
+  With thoughts of people lost
+  A-coming on the coast,
+  And all the ships at sea.
+
+  How dark, how dark and cold.
+  And fearful in the waves,
+  Are tired folk who lie not still
+  And quiet in their graves;--
+  In moving waters deep,
+  That will not let men sleep
+  As they may sleep on any hill;
+  May sleep ashore till time is old,
+  And all the earth is frosty cold.--
+  Under the flowers a thousand springs
+  They sleep and dream of many things.
+
+  God bless them all who die at sea!
+  If they must sleep in restless waves,
+  God make them dream they are ashore,
+  With grass above their graves.
+
+
+
+
+ALCOHOL AND THE INDIVIDUAL
+
+BY HENRY SMITH WILLIAMS, M.D., LL.D.
+
+
+Some very puzzling differences of opinion about the use of alcoholic
+beverages find expression. This is natural enough, since alcohol is a
+very curious drug, and the human organism a very complex mechanism. The
+effects of this drug upon this mechanism are often very mystifying. Not
+many persons are competent to analyze these effects in their totality.
+Still fewer can examine any of them quite without prejudice. But in
+recent years a large number of scientific investigators have attempted
+to substitute knowledge for guesswork as to the effects of alcohol,
+through the institution of definitive experiments. Some have tested its
+effects on the digestive apparatus; others, its power over the heart
+and voluntary muscles; still others, its influence upon the brain. On
+the whole, the results of these experiments are singularly consistent.
+Undoubtedly they tend to upset a good many time-honored preconceptions.
+But they give better grounds for judgment as to what is the rational
+attitude toward alcohol than have hitherto been available.
+
+The traditional rôle of alcohol is that of a stimulant. It has been
+supposed to stimulate digestion and assimilation; to stimulate the
+heart's action; to stimulate muscular activity and strength; to
+stimulate the mind. The new evidence seems to show that, in the final
+analysis, alcohol stimulates none of these activities; that its final
+effect is everywhere depressive and inhibitory (at any rate, as regards
+higher functions) rather than stimulative; that, in short, it is
+properly to be classed with the anesthetics and narcotics. The grounds
+for this view should be of interest to every user of alcohol; of
+interest, for that matter, to every citizen, considering that more than
+one thousand million gallons of alcoholic beverages are consumed in the
+United States each year.
+
+I should like to present the new evidence far more fully than space
+will permit. I shall attempt, however, to describe some of the more
+significant observations and experiments in sufficient detail to enable
+the reader to draw his own conclusions. To make room for this, I must
+deal with other portions of the testimony in a very summary manner.
+As regards digestion, for example, I must be content to note that
+the experiments show that alcohol does indeed stimulate the flow of
+digestive fluids, but that it also tends to interfere with their normal
+action; so that ordinarily one effect neutralizes the other. As regards
+the action on the heart, I shall merely state that the ultimate effect
+of alcohol is to depress, in large doses to paralyze, that organ.
+These, after all, are matters that concern the physician rather than
+the general reader.
+
+The effect of alcohol on muscular activity has a larger measure of
+popular interest; indeed, it is a question of the utmost practicality.
+The experiments show that alcohol does not increase the capacity to do
+muscular work, but distinctly decreases it. Doubtless this seems at
+variance with many a man's observation of himself; but the explanation
+is found in the fact that alcohol blurs the judgment. As Voit remarks,
+it gives, not strength, but, at most, the feeling of strength. A man
+may think he is working faster and better under the influence of
+alcohol than he would otherwise do; but rigidly conducted experiments
+do not confirm this opinion. "Both science and the experience of life,"
+says Dr. John J. Abel, of Johns Hopkins University, "have exploded
+the pernicious theory that alcohol gives any persistent increase of
+muscular power. The disappearance of this universal error will greatly
+reduce the consumption of alcohol among laboring men. It is well
+understood by all who control large bodies of men engaged in physical
+labor, that alcohol and effective work are incompatible."
+
+It is even questionable whether the energy derived from the oxidation
+of alcohol in the body can be directly used at all as a source of
+muscular energy. Such competent observers as Schumberg and Scheffer
+independently reached the conclusion that it cannot. Dr. Abel inclines
+to the same opinion. He suggests that "alcohol is not a food in the
+sense in which fats and carbohydrates are food; it should be defined
+as an easily oxidizable drug with numerous untoward effects which
+inevitably appear when a certain minimum dose is exceeded," He thinks
+that alcohol should be classed "with the more or less dangerous
+stimulants and narcotics, such as hasheesh, tobacco, etc., rather
+than with truly sustaining foodstuffs," Some of the grounds for this
+view will appear presently, as we now turn to examine the alleged
+stimulating effects of alcohol upon the mental processes.
+
+
+_Alcohol as a Brain Stimulant_
+
+The celebrated physicist Von Helmholtz, one of the foremost thinkers
+of the nineteenth century, declared that the very smallest quantity
+of alcohol served effectively, while its influence lasted, to banish
+from his mind all possibility of creative effort; all capacity to
+solve an abstruse problem. The result of recent experiments in the
+field of physiological psychology convince one that the same thing is
+true in some measure of every other mind capable of creative thinking.
+Certainly all the evidence goes to show that no mind is capable of
+its best efforts when influenced by even small quantities of alcohol.
+If any reader of these words is disposed to challenge this statement,
+on the strength of his own personal experience, I would ask him to
+reflect carefully as to whether what he has been disposed to regard as
+a stimulant effect may not be better explained along lines suggested
+by these words of Professor James: "The reason for craving alcohol is
+that it is an anesthetic even in moderate quantities. It obliterates a
+part of the field of consciousness and abolishes collateral trains of
+thought."
+
+The experimental evidence that tends to establish the position of
+alcohol as an inhibitor and disturber rather than a promoter of mental
+activity has been gathered largely by German investigators. Many of
+their experiments are of a rather technical character, aiming to test
+the basal operations of the mind. Others, however, are eminently
+practical, as we shall see. The earliest experiments, made by Exner in
+Vienna so long ago as 1873, aimed to determine the effect of alcohol
+upon the so-called reaction-time. The subject of the experiment sits at
+a table, with his finger upon a telegraph key. At a given signal--say
+a flash of light--he releases the key. The time that elapses between
+signal and response--measured electrically in fractions of a second--is
+called the simple or direct reaction-time. This varies for different
+individuals, but is relatively constant, under given conditions, for
+the same individual. Exner found, however, that when an individual had
+imbibed a small quantity of alcohol, his reaction-time was lengthened,
+though the subject believed himself to be responding more promptly
+than before.
+
+These highly suggestive experiments attracted no very great amount of
+attention at the time. Some years later, however, they were repeated by
+several investigators, including Dietl, Vintschgau, and in particular
+Kraepelin and his pupils. It was then discovered that, in the case
+of a robust young man, if the quantity of alcohol ingested was very
+small, and the tests were made immediately, the direct reaction-time
+was not lengthened, but appreciably shortened instead. If, however, the
+quantity of alcohol was increased, or if the experiments were made at
+a considerable interval of time after its ingestion, the reaction-time
+fell below the normal, as in Exner's experiments.
+
+Subsequent experiments tested mental processes of a somewhat more
+complicated character. For example, the subject would place, each
+hand on a telegraph key, at right and left. The signals would then
+be varied, it being understood that one key or the other would be
+pressed promptly accordingly as a red or a white light, appeared. It
+became necessary, therefore, to recognize the color of the light,
+and to recall which hand was to be moved at that particular, signal:
+in other words, to make a choice not unlike that which a locomotive
+engineer is required to make when he encounters an unexpected signal
+light. The tests showed that after the ingestion of a small quantity
+of alcohol--say a glass of beer--there was a marked disturbance of
+the mental processes involved in this reaction. On the average, the
+keys were released more rapidly than before the alcohol was taken,
+but the wrong key was much more frequently released than under normal
+circumstances. Speed was attained at the cost of correct judgment.
+Thus, as Dr. Stier remarks, the experiment shows the elements of two
+of the most significant and persistent effects of alcohol, namely, the
+vitiating of mental processes and the increased tendency to hasty or
+incoördinate movements. Stated otherwise, a levelling down process is
+involved, whereby the higher function is dulled, the lower function
+accentuated.
+
+Equally suggestive are the results of some experiments devised by Ach
+and Maljarewski to test the effects of alcohol upon the perception and
+comprehension of printed symbols. The subject was required to read
+aloud a continuous series of letters or meaningless syllables or short
+words, as viewed through a small slit in a revolving cylinder. It was
+found that after taking a small quantity of alcohol, the subject was
+noticeably less able to read correctly. His capacity to repeat, after
+a short interval, a number of letters correctly read, was also much
+impaired. He made more omissions than before, and tended to substitute
+words and syllables for those actually seen. It is especially
+noteworthy that the largest number of mistakes were made in the reading
+of meaningless syllables,--that is to say, in the part of the task
+calling for the highest or most complicated type of mental activity.
+
+Another striking illustration of the tendency of alcohol to impair the
+higher mental processes was given by some experiments instituted by
+Kraepelin to test the association of ideas, In these experiments, a
+word is pronounced, and the subject is required to pronounce the first
+word that suggests itself in response. Some very interesting secrets
+of the subconscious personality are revealed thereby, as was shown,
+for example, in a series of experiments conducted last year at Zürich
+by Dr. Frederick Peterson of New York. But I cannot dwell on these
+here. Suffice it for our purpose that the possible responses are of
+two general types. The suggested word being, let us say, "book," the
+subject may (1) think of some word associated logically with the idea
+of a book, such as "read" or "leaves"; or he may (2) think of some
+word associated merely through similarity of sound, such as "cook" or
+"shook." In a large series of tests, any given individual tends to show
+a tolerably uniform proportion between the two types of association;
+and this ratio is in a sense explicative of his type of mind. Generally
+speaking, the higher the intelligence, the higher will be the ratio of
+logical to merely rhymed associations. Moreover, the same individual
+will exhibit more associations of the logical type when his mind is
+fresh than when it is exhausted, as after a hard day's work.
+
+In Kraepelin's experiments it appeared that even the smallest quantity
+of alcohol had virtually the effect of fatiguing the mind of the
+subject, so that the number of his rhymed responses rose far above the
+normal. That is to say, the lower form of association of ideas was
+accentuated, at the expense of the higher. In effect, the particular
+mind experimented upon was always brought for the time being to a lower
+level by the alcohol.
+
+
+_The Effect of a Bottle of Wine a Day_
+
+When a single dose of alcohol is administered, its effects gradually
+disappear, as a matter of course. But they are far more persistent than
+might be supposed. Some experiments conducted by Fürer are illuminative
+as to this. He tested a person for several days, at a given hour, as to
+reaction-time, the association of ideas, the capacity to memorize, and
+facility in adding. The subject was then allowed to drink two litres of
+beer in the course of a day. No intoxicating effects whatever were to
+be discovered by ordinary methods. The psychological tests, however,
+showed marked disturbance of all the reactions, a diminished capacity
+to memorize, decreased facility in adding, etc., not merely on the day
+when the alcohol was taken, but on succeeding days as well. Not until
+the third day was there a gradual restoration to complete normality;
+although the subject himself--and this should be particularly
+noted--felt absolutely fresh and free from after-effects of alcohol on
+the day following that on which the beer was taken.
+
+Similarly Rüdin found the effects of a single dose of alcohol to
+persist, as regards some forms of mental disturbance, for twelve hours,
+for other forms twenty-four hours, and for yet others thirty-six hours
+and more. But Rüdin's experiments bring out another aspect of the
+subject, which no one who considers the alcohol question in any of
+its phases should overlook: the fact, namely, that individuals differ
+greatly in their response to a given quantity of the drug. Thus,
+of four healthy young students who formed the subjects of Rüdin's
+experiment, two showed very marked disturbance of the mental functions
+for more than forty-eight hours, whereas the third was influenced for a
+shorter time, and the fourth was scarcely affected at all. The student
+who was least affected was not, as might be supposed, one who had been
+accustomed to take alcoholics habitually, but, on the contrary, one who
+for six years had been a total abstainer.
+
+Noting thus that the effects of a single dose of alcohol may persist
+for two or three days, one is led to inquire what the result will
+be if the dose is repeated day after day. Will there then be a
+cumulative effect, or will the system become tolerant of the drug
+and hence unresponsive? Some experiments of Smith, and others of
+Kürz and Kraepelin have been directed toward the solution of this
+all-important question. The results of the experiments show a piling
+up of the disturbing effects of the alcohol. Kürz and Kraepelin
+estimate that after giving eighty grams per day to an individual for
+twelve successive days, the working capacity of that individual's mind
+was lessened by from twenty-five to forty per cent. Smith found an
+impairment of the power to add, after twelve days, amounting to forty
+per cent.; the power to memorize was reduced by about seventy per cent.
+
+Forty to eighty grams of alcohol, the amounts used in producing these
+astounding results, is no more than the quantity contained in one to
+two litres of beer or in a half-bottle to a bottle of ordinary wine.
+Professor Aschaffenburg, commenting on these experiments, points the
+obvious moral that the so-called moderate drinker, who consumes his
+bottle of wine as a matter of course each day with his dinner--and
+who doubtless would declare that he is never under the influence of
+liquor--is in reality never actually sober from one week's end to
+another. Neither in bodily nor in mental activity is he ever up to what
+should be his normal level.
+
+That this fair inference from laboratory experiments may be
+demonstrated in a thoroughly practical field, has been shown by
+Professor Aschaffenburg himself, through a series of tests made on
+four professional typesetters. The tests were made with all the rigor
+of the psychological laboratory (the experimenter is a former pupil
+of Kraepelin), but they were conducted in a printing office, where
+the subjects worked at their ordinary desks, and in precisely the
+ordinary way, except that the copy from which the type was set was
+always printed, to secure perfect uniformity. The author summarizes the
+results of the experiment as follows:
+
+
+_A Loss of Ten Per Cent. in Working Efficiency_
+
+"The experiment extended over four days. The first and third days were
+observed as normal days, no alcohol being given. On the second and
+fourth days each worker received thirty-five grams (a little more than
+one ounce) of alcohol, in the form of Greek wine. A comparison of the
+results of work on normal and on alcoholic days showed, in the case
+of one of the workers, no difference. But the remaining three showed
+greater or less retardation of work, amounting in the most pronounced
+case to almost fourteen per cent. As typesetting is paid for by
+measure, such a worker would actually earn ten per cent. less on days
+when he consumed even this small quantity of alcohol."
+
+In the light of such observations, a glass of beer or even the cheapest
+bottle of wine is seen to be an expensive luxury. To forfeit ten per
+cent. of one's working efficiency is no trifling matter in these days
+of strenuous competition. Perhaps it should be noted that the subjects
+of the experiment were all men habituated to the use of liquor, one
+of them being accustomed to take four glasses of beer each week day,
+and eight or ten on Sundays. This heaviest drinker was the one whose
+work was most influenced in the experiment just related. The one whose
+work was least influenced was the only one of the four who did not
+habitually drink beer every day; and he drank regularly on Sundays. It
+goes without saying that all abstained from beer during the experiment.
+We may note, further, that all the men admitted that they habitually
+found it more difficult to work on Mondays, after the over-indulgence
+of Sunday, than on other days, and that they made more mistakes on
+that day. Aside from that, however, the men were by no means disposed
+to admit, before the experiment, that their habitual use of beer
+interfered with their work. That it really did so could not well be
+doubted after the experiment.
+
+
+_The Effect of Beer-drinking on German School-children_
+
+Some doubly significant observations as to the practical effects
+of beer and wine in dulling the faculties were made by Bayer, who
+investigated the habits of 591 children in a public school in Vienna.
+These pupils were ranked by their teachers into three groups, denoting
+progress as "good," "fair," or "poor" respectively. Bayer found, on
+investigation, that 134 of these pupils took no alcoholic drink; that
+164 drank alcoholics very seldom; but that 219 drank beer or wine once
+daily; 71 drank it twice daily; and three drank it with every meal.
+Of the total abstainers, 42 per cent. ranked in the school as "good,"
+49 per cent. as "fair," and 9 per cent. as "poor." Of the occasional
+drinkers, 34 per cent. ranked as "good," 57 per cent. as "fair," and
+9 per cent. as "poor." Of the daily drinkers, 28 per cent. ranked as
+"good," 58 per cent. as "fair," and 14 per cent. as "poor." Those
+who drank twice daily ranked 25 per cent. "good," 58% "fair," and 18
+per cent. "poor," Of the three who drank thrice daily, one ranked
+as "fair," and the other two as "poor." Statistics of this sort are
+rather tiresome; but these will repay a moment's examination. As
+Aschaffenburg, from whom I quote them, remarks, detailed comment is
+superfluous: the figures speak for themselves.
+
+Neither in England nor America, fortunately, would it be possible to
+gather statistics comparable to these as to the effects of alcohol on
+growing children; for the Anglo-Saxon does not believe in alcohol for
+the child, whatever his view as to its utility for adults. The effects
+of alcohol upon the growing organism have, however, been studied
+here with the aid of subjects drawn from lower orders of the animal
+kingdom. Professor C. F. Hodge, of Clark University, gave alcohol to
+two kittens, with very striking results. "In beginning the experiment,"
+he says, "it was remarkable how quickly and completely all the higher
+psychic characteristics of both the kittens dropped out. Playfulness,
+purring, cleanliness and care of coat, interest in mice, fear of dogs,
+while normally developed before the experiment began, all disappeared
+so suddenly that it could hardly be explained otherwise than as a
+direct influence of the alcohol upon the higher centers of the brain.
+The kittens simply ate and slept, and could scarcely have been less
+active had the greater part of their cerebral hemisphere been removed
+by the knife."
+
+
+_The Development of Fear in Alcoholized Dogs_
+
+Professor Hodge's experiments extended also to dogs. He found that the
+alcoholized dogs in his kennel were lacking in spontaneous activity
+and in alertness in retrieving a ball. These defects must be in part
+explained by lack of cerebral energy, in part by weakening of the
+muscular system. Various other symptoms were presented that showed the
+lowered tone of the entire organism under the influence of alcohol;
+but perhaps the most interesting phenomenon was the development of
+extreme timidity on the part of all the alcoholized dogs. The least
+thing out of the ordinary caused them to exhibit fear, while their
+kennel companions exhibited only curiosity or interest. "Whistles and
+bells, in the distance, never ceased to throw them into a panic in
+which they howled and yelped while the normal dogs simply barked." One
+of the dogs even had "paroxysms of causeless fear with some evidence of
+hallucination. He would apparently start at some imaginary object, and
+go into fits of howling."
+
+The characteristic timidity of the alcoholized dogs did not altogether
+disappear even when they no longer received alcohol in their diet.
+Timidity had become with them a "habit of life." As Professor Hodge
+suggests, we are here apparently dealing with "one of the profound
+physiological causes of fear, having wide application to its phenomena
+in man. Fear is commonly recognized as a characteristic feature in
+alcoholic insanity, and delirium tremens is the most terrible form
+of fear psychosis known," The development of the same psychosis, in
+a modified degree, through the continued use of small quantities of
+alcohol, emphasizes the causal relation between the use of alcohol
+and the genesis of timidity. It shows how pathetically mistaken is
+the popular notion that alcohol inspires courage; and, to anyone who
+clearly appreciates the share courage plays in the battle of life, it
+suggests yet another lamentable way in which alcohol handicaps its
+devotees.
+
+
+_Is Alcohol A Poison?_
+
+It is perhaps hardly necessary to cite further experiments directly
+showing the depressing effects of alcohol, even in small quantities,
+upon the mental activities, Whoever examines the evidence in its
+entirety will scarcely avoid the conclusion reached by Smith, as
+the result of his experiments already referred to, which Dr. Abel
+summarizes thus: "One half to one bottle of wine, or two to four
+glasses of beer a day, not only counteract the beneficial effects
+of 'practice' in any given occupation, but also depress every form
+of intellectual activity; therefore every man, who, according to
+his own notions, is only a moderate drinker places himself by this
+indulgence on a lower intellectual level and opposes the full and
+complete utilization of his intellectual powers." I content myself with
+repeating that, to the thoughtful man, the beer and the wine must seem
+dear at such a price.
+
+To any one who may reply that he is willing to pay this price for
+the sake of the pleasurable emotions and passions that are sometimes
+permitted to hold sway in the absence of those higher faculties of
+reason which alcohol tends to banish, I would suggest that there is
+still another aspect of the account which we have not as yet examined.
+We have seen that alcohol may be a potent disturber of the functions
+of digestion, of muscular activity, and of mental energizing. But we
+have spoken all along of function and not of structure. We have not
+even raised a question as to what might be the tangible effects of
+this disturber of functions upon the physical organism through which
+these functions are manifested. We must complete our inquiry by asking
+whether alcohol, in disturbing digestion, may not leave its mark upon
+the digestive apparatus; whether in disturbing the circulation it may
+not put its stamp upon heart and blood vessels; whether in disturbing
+the mind it may not leave some indelible record on the tissues of the
+brain.
+
+Stated otherwise, the question is this: Is alcohol a poison to the
+animal organism? A poison being, in the ordinary acceptance of the
+word, an agent that may injuriously affect the tissues of the body, and
+tend to shorten life.
+
+Students of pathology answer this question with no uncertain voice.
+The matter is presented in a nutshell by the Professor of Pathology at
+Johns Hopkins University, Dr. William H. Welch, when he says: "Alcohol
+in sufficient quantities is a poison to all living organisms, both
+animal and vegetable." To that unequivocal pronouncement there is, I
+believe, no dissenting voice, except that a word-quibble was at one
+time raised over the claim that alcohol in exceedingly small doses
+might be harmless. The obvious answer is that the same thing is true of
+any and every poison whatsoever. Arsenic and strychnine, in appropriate
+doses, are recognized by all physicians as admirable tonics; but no one
+argues in consequence that they are not virulent poisons.
+
+Open any work on the practice of medicine quite at random, and whether
+you chance to read of diseased stomach or heart or blood-vessels
+or liver or kidneys or muscles or connective tissues or nerves or
+brain--it is all one: in any case you will learn that alcohol may be
+an active factor in the causation, and a retarding factor in the cure,
+of some, at least, of the important diseases of the organ or set of
+organs about which you are reading. You will rise with the conviction
+that alcohol is not merely a poison, but the most subtle, the most
+far-reaching, and, judged by its ultimate effects, incomparably the
+most virulent of all poisons.
+
+
+_Alcohol and Disease_
+
+Here are a few corroborative facts, stated baldly, almost at random:
+Rauber found that a ten per cent. solution of alcohol "acted as a
+definite protoplasmic poison to all forms of cell life with which he
+experimented--including the hydra, tapeworms, earthworms, leeches,
+crayfish, various species of fish, Mexican axolotl, and mammals,
+including the human subject." Berkely found, in four rabbits out
+of five in which he had induced chronic alcohol poisoning, fatty
+degeneration of the heart muscle. This condition, he says, "seems to be
+present in all animals subject to a continual administration of alcohol
+in which sufficient time between the doses is not allowed for complete
+elimination." Cowan finds that alcoholic cases "bear acute diseases
+badly, failure of the heart always ensuing at an earlier period than
+one would anticipate." Bollinger found the beer-drinkers of Munich
+so subject to hypertrophied or dilated hearts as to justify Liebe in
+declaring that "one man in sixteen in Munich drinks himself to death."
+
+Dr. Sims Woodhead, Professor of Pathology in the University of
+Cambridge, says of the effect of alcohol on the heart: "In addition
+to the fatty degeneration of the heart that is so frequently met with
+in chronic alcoholics, there appears in some cases to be an increase
+of fibrous tissue between the muscle fibers, accompanied by wasting
+of these tissues.... Heart failure, one of the most frequent causes
+of death in people of adult and advanced years, is often due to fatty
+degeneration, and a patient who suffers from alcoholic degeneration
+necessarily runs a much greater risk of heart failure during the
+course of acute fevers or from overwork, exhaustion, and an overloaded
+stomach, and the like, than does the man with a strong, healthy heart
+unaffected by alcohol or similar poisons."
+
+It must be obvious that these words give a clue to the agency of
+alcohol in shortening the lives of tens of thousands of persons with
+whose decease the name of alcohol is never associated in the minds of
+their friends or in the death certificates.
+
+Dr. Woodhead has this to say about the blood-vessels: "In chronic
+alcoholism in which the poison is acting continuously, over a long
+period, a peculiar fibrous condition of the vessels is met with; this,
+apparently, is the result of a slight irritation of the connective
+tissue of the walls of these vessels. The wall of the vessel may become
+thickened throughout its whole extent or irregularly, and the muscular
+coat may waste away as a new fibrous or scar-like tissue is formed. The
+wasting muscles may undergo fatty degeneration, and, in these, lime
+salts may be deposited; the rigid, brittle, so-called pipestem vessels
+are the result." Referring to these degenerated arteries, Dr. Welch
+says: "In this way alcoholic excess may stand in a causative relation
+to cerebral disorders, such as apoplexy and paralysis, and also the
+diseases of the heart and kidneys."
+
+From our present standpoint it is particularly worthy of remark that
+Professor Woodhead states that this calcification of the blood-vessels
+is likely to occur in persons who have never been either habitual
+or occasional drunkards, but who have taken only "what they are
+pleased to call 'moderate' quantities of alcohol." Similarly, Dr.
+Welch declares that "alcoholic diseases are certainly not limited
+to persons recognized as drunkards. Instances have been recorded in
+increasing number in recent years of the occurrence of diseases of
+the circulatory, renal, and nervous systems, reasonably or positively
+attributable to the use of alcoholic liquors, in persons who never
+became really intoxicated and were regarded by themselves and by others
+as 'moderate drinkers.'"
+
+"It is well established," adds Dr. Welch, "that the general mortality
+from diseases of the liver, kidney, heart, blood-vessels, and nervous
+system is much higher in those following occupations which expose them
+to the temptation of drinking than in others." Strumpell declares that
+chronic inflammation of the stomach and bowels is almost exclusively
+of alcoholic origin; and that when a man in the prime of life dies of
+certain chronic kidney affections, one may safely infer that he has
+been a lover of beer and other alcoholic drinks. Similarly, cirrhosis
+of the liver is universally recognized as being, nine times in ten, of
+alcoholic origin. The nervous affections of like origin are numerous
+and important, implicating both brain cells and peripheral fibres.
+
+
+_How the Poison Works_
+
+Without going into further details as to the precise changes that
+alcohol may effect in the various organs of the body, we may note
+that these pathological changes are everywhere of the same general
+type. There is an ever-present tendency to destroy the higher form of
+cells--those that are directly concerned with the vital processes--and
+to replace them with useless or harmful connective tissue. "Whether
+this scar tissue formation goes on in the heart, in the kidneys, in
+the liver, in the blood-vessels, or in the nerves," says Woodhead,
+"the process is essentially the same, and it must be associated with
+the accumulation of poisonous or waste products in the lymph spaces
+through which the nutrient fluids pass to the tissues. The contracting
+scar tissue of a wound has its exact homologue in the contracting scar
+tissue that is met with in the liver, in the kidney, and in the brain."
+
+It is not altogether pleasant to think that one's bodily tissues--from
+the brain to the remotest nerve fibril, from the heart to the minutest
+arteriole--may perhaps be undergoing day by day such changes as these.
+Yet that is the possibility which every habitual drinker of alcoholic
+beverages--"moderate drinker" though he be--must face. This is an added
+toll that does not appear in the first price of the glass of beer or
+bottle of wine, but it is a toll that may refuse to be overlooked in
+the final accounting.
+
+
+_Alcohol and Acute Infections_
+
+In connection with experiments in rendering animals and men immune
+from certain contagious diseases through inoculation with specific
+serums, Deléarde, working in Calmette's laboratory in Lille, showed
+that alcoholized rabbits are not protected by inoculation, as normal
+ones are, against hydrophobia. Moreover, he reports the case of
+an intemperate man, bitten by a mad dog, who died notwithstanding
+anti-rabic treatment, whereas a boy of thirteen, much more severely
+bitten by the same dog on the same day, recovered under treatment.
+Deléarde strongly advises any one bitten by a mad dog to abstain from
+alcohol, not only during the anti-rabic treatment but for some months
+thereafter, lest the alcohol counteract the effects of the protective
+serum.
+
+Similar laboratory experiments have been made by Laitenan, who became
+fully convinced that alcohol increases the susceptibility of animals to
+splenic fever, tuberculosis, and diphtheria. Dr. A. C. Abbott, of the
+University of Pennsylvania, made an elaborate series of experiments to
+test the susceptibility of rabbits to various micro-organisms causing
+pus-formation and blood poisoning. He found that the normal resistance
+of rabbits to infection from this source was in most cases "markedly
+diminished through the influence of alcohol when given daily to a stage
+of acute intoxication." "It is interesting to note," Dr. Abbott adds,
+"that the results of inoculation of the alcoholized rabbits with the
+erysipelas coccus correspond in a way with clinical observations on
+human beings addicted to the excessive use of alcohol when infected by
+this organism."
+
+Additional confirmation of the deleterious effects of alcohol in this
+connection was furnished by the cats and dogs of Professor Hodge's
+experiments, already referred to. All of these showed peculiar
+susceptibility to infectious diseases, not only being attacked earlier
+than their normal companions, but also suffering more severely, This
+accords with numerous observations on the human subject; for example,
+with the claim made some years ago by McCleod and Milles that Europeans
+in Shanghai who used alcohol showed increased susceptibility to Asiatic
+cholera, and suffered from a more virulent type of the disease.
+Professor Woodhead points out that many of the foremost authorities now
+concede the justice of this view, and unreservedly condemn the giving
+of alcohol, even in medicinal doses, to patients suffering from cholera
+or from various other acute diseases and intoxications, including
+diphtheria, tetanus, snake-bite, and pneumonia, as being not merely
+useless but positively harmful. Even when the patient has advanced far
+toward recovery from an acute infectious disease, it is held still
+to be highly unwise to administer alcohol, since this may interfere
+with the beneficent action of the anti-toxins that have developed in
+the tissues of the body, and in virtue of which the disease has been
+overcome.
+
+
+_The Ally of Tuberculosis_
+
+Not many physicians, perhaps, will go so far as Dr. Muirhead of
+Edinburgh, who at one time claimed that he had scarcely known of a
+death in a case of pneumonia uncomplicated by alcoholism; but almost
+every physician will admit that he contemplates with increased
+solicitude every case of pneumonia thus complicated. Equally potent,
+seemingly, is alcohol in complicating that other ever-menacing lung
+disease, tuberculosis. Dr. Crothers long ago asserted that inebriety
+and tuberculosis are practically interconvertible conditions; a view
+that may be interpreted in the words of Dr. Dickinson's Baillie
+Lecture: "We may conclude, and that confidently, that alcohol
+promotes tubercle, not because it begets the bacilli, but because it
+impairs the tissues, and makes them ready to yield to the attacks
+of the parasites." Dr. Brouardel, at the Congress for the Study of
+Tuberculosis, in London, was equally emphatic as to the influence of
+alcohol in preparing the way for tuberculosis, and increasing its
+virulence; and this view has now become general--curiously reversing
+the popular impression, once held by the medical profession as well,
+that alcohol is antagonistic to consumption.
+
+Corroborative evidence of the baleful alliance between alcohol and
+tuberculosis is furnished by the fact that in France the regions
+where tuberculosis is most prevalent correspond with those in which
+the consumption of alcohol is greatest. Where the average annual
+consumption was 12.5 litres per person, the death rate from consumption
+was found by Baudron to be 32.8 per thousand. Where alcoholic
+consumption rose to 35.4 litres, the death rate from consumption
+increased to 107.8 per thousand. Equally suggestive are facts put
+forward by Guttstadt in regard to the causes of death in the various
+callings in Prussia. He found that tuberculosis claimed 160 victims
+in every thousand deaths of persons over twenty-five years of age.
+But the number of deaths from this disease per thousand deaths among
+gymnasium teachers, physicians, and Protestant clergymen, for example,
+amounted respectively to 126, 113, and 76 only; whereas the numbers
+rose, for hotelkeepers, to 237, for brewers, to 344, and for waiters,
+to 556. No doubt several factors complicate the problem here, but one
+hazards little in suggesting that a difference of habit as to the use
+of alcohol was the chief determinant in running up the death rate due
+to tuberculosis from 76 per thousand at one end of the scale to 556 at
+the other.
+
+Pneumonia and tuberculosis combined account for one-fifth of all deaths
+in the United States, year by year. In the light of what has just been
+shown, it would appear that alcohol here has a hand in the carrying
+off of other untold thousands with whose untimely demise its name is
+not officially associated. I may add that certain German authorities,
+including, for example, Dr. Liebe, present evidence--not as yet
+demonstrative--to show that cancer must also be added to the list of
+diseases to which alcohol predisposes the organism.
+
+
+_Hereditary Effects of Alcohol_
+
+If additional evidence of the all-pervading influence of alcohol is
+required, it may be found in the thought-compelling fact that the
+effects are not limited to the individual who imbibes the alcohol, but
+may be passed on to his descendants. The offspring of alcoholics show
+impaired vitality of the most deep-seated character. Sometimes this
+impaired vitality is manifested in the non-viability of the offspring;
+sometimes in deformity; very frequently in neuroses, which may take the
+severe forms of chorea, infantile convulsions, epilepsy, or idiocy. In
+examining into the history of 2554 idiotic, epileptic, hysterical, or
+weak-minded children in the institution at Bicêtre, France, Bourneville
+found that over 41 per cent. had alcoholic parents. In more than 9 per
+cent. of the cases, it was ascertained that one or both parents were
+under the influence of alcohol at the time of procreation,--a fact
+of positively terrifying significance, when we reflect how alcohol
+inflames the passions while subordinating the judgment and the ethical
+scruples by which these passions are normally held in check. Of
+similar import are the observations of Bezzola and of Hartmann that
+a large proportion of the idiots and the criminals in Switzerland
+were conceived during the season of the year when the customs of the
+country--"May-fests," etc.--lead to the disproportionate consumption of
+alcohol.
+
+Experimental evidence of very striking character is furnished by the
+reproductive histories of Professor Hodge's alcoholized dogs. Of 23
+whelps born in four litters to a pair of tipplers, 9 were born dead, 8
+were deformed, and only 4 were viable and seemingly normal. Meantime, a
+pair of normal kennel-companions produced 45 whelps, of which 41 were
+viable and normal--a percentage of 90.2 against the 17.4 per cent. of
+viable alcoholics. Professor Hodge points out that these results are
+strikingly similar to the observations of Demme on the progeny of ten
+alcoholic as compared with ten normal families of human beings. The ten
+alcoholic families produced 57 children, of whom 10 were deformed, 6
+idiotic, 6 choreic or epileptic, 25 non-viable, and only 10, or 17 per
+cent, of the whole were normal. The ten normal families produced 61
+children, two of whom were deformed, 2 pronounced "backward," though
+not suffering from disease, and 3 non-viable, leaving 54, or 88.5 per
+cent., normal.
+
+As I am writing this article, the latest report of the Craig Colony for
+Epileptics, at Sonyea, New York, chances to come to my desk. Glancing
+at the tables of statistics, I find that the superintendent, Dr.
+Spratling, reports a history of alcoholism in the parents of 313 out
+of 950 recent cases. More than 22 per cent. of these unfortunates are
+thus suffering from the mistakes of their parents. Nor does this by any
+means tell the whole story, for the report shows that 577 additional
+cases--more than 60 per cent, of the whole--suffer from "neuropathic
+heredity"; which means that their parents were themselves the victims
+of one or another of those neuroses that are peculiarly heritable, and
+that unquestionably tell, in a large number of cases, of alcoholic
+indulgence on the part of their progenitors. "Even to the third and
+fourth generation," said the wise Hebrew of old; and the laws of
+heredity have not changed since then.
+
+I cite the data from this report of the Epileptic Colony, not because
+its record is in any way exceptional, but because it is absolutely
+typical. The mental image that it brings up is precisely comparable
+to that which would arise were we to examine the life histories of
+the inmates of any institution whatever where dependent or delinquent
+children are cared for, be it idiot asylum, orphanage, hospital, or
+reformatory. The same picture, with the same insistent moral, would be
+before us could we visit a clinic where nervous diseases are treated;
+or--turning to the other end of the social scale--could we sit in the
+office of a fashionable specialist in nervous diseases and behold the
+succession of neurotics, epileptics, paralytics, and degenerates that
+come day by day under his observation. It is this picture, along with
+others which the preceding pages may in some measure have suggested,
+that comes to mind and will not readily be banished when one hears
+advocated "on physiological grounds" the regular use of alcoholic
+drinks, "in moderation." A vast number of the misguided individuals
+who were responsible for all this misery never did use alcohol except
+in what they believed to be strict "moderation"; and of those that did
+use it to excess, there were few indeed who could not have restricted
+their use of alcohol to moderate quantities, or have abandoned its use
+altogether, had not the drug itself made them its slaves by depriving
+them of all power of choice. Few men indeed are voluntary inebriates.
+
+
+_Alcohol and the "Moderate" Drinker_
+
+It does not fall within the scope of my present purpose to dwell upon
+the familiar aspect of the effects of alcohol suggested by the last
+sentence. It requires no scientific experiments to prove that one of
+the subtlest effects of this many-sided drug is to produce a craving
+for itself, while weakening the will that could resist that craving.
+But beyond noting that this is precisely in line with what we have
+everywhere seen to be the typical effect of alcohol--the weakening of
+higher functions and faculties, with corresponding exaggeration of
+lower ones--I shall not comment here upon this all too familiar phase
+of the alcohol problem. Throughout this paper I have had in mind the
+hidden cumulative effects of relatively small quantities of alcohol
+rather than the patent effects of excessive indulgence, I have had in
+mind the voluntary "social" drinker, rather than the drunkard. I have
+wished to raise a question in the mind of each and every habitual user
+of alcohol in "moderation" who chances to read this article, as to
+whether he is acting wisely in using alcohol habitually in any quantity
+whatever.
+
+If in reply the reader shall say: "There is some quantity of alcohol
+that constitutes actual moderation; some quantity that will give me
+pleasure and yet not menace me with these evils," I answer thus:
+
+Conceivably that is true, though it is not proved. But in any event,
+no man can tell you what the safe quantity is--if safe quantity there
+be--in any individual case. We have seen how widely individuals
+differ in susceptibility. In the laboratory some animals are killed
+by doses that seem harmless to their companions. These are matters of
+temperament that as yet elude explanation. But this much I can predict
+with confidence: whatever the "safe" quantity of alcohol for you to
+take, you will unquestionably at times exceed it. In a tolerably wide
+experience of men of many nations, I have never known an habitual
+drinker who did not sometimes take more alcohol than even the most
+liberal scientific estimate could claim as harmless. Therefore I
+believe that you must do the same.
+
+So I am bound to believe, on the evidence, that if you take alcohol
+habitually, in any quantity whatever, it is to some extent a menace to
+you. I am bound to believe, in the light of what science has revealed:
+(1) that you are tangibly threatening the physical structures of your
+stomach, your liver, your kidneys, your heart, your blood-vessels,
+your nerves, your brain; (2) that you are unequivocally decreasing
+your capacity for work in any field, be it physical, intellectual, or
+artistic; (3) that you are in some measure lowering the grade of your
+mind, dulling your higher esthetic sense, and taking the finer edge
+off your morals; (4) that you are distinctly lessening your chances
+of maintaining health and attaining longevity; and (5) that you may
+be entailing upon your descendants yet unborn a bond of incalculable
+misery.
+
+Such, I am bound to believe, is the probable cost of your "moderate"
+indulgence in alcoholic beverages. Part of that cost you must pay in
+person; the balance will be the heritage of future generations. As a
+mere business proposition: Is your glass of beer, your bottle of wine,
+your high-ball, or your cocktail worth such a price?
+
+
+
+
+  [Illustration]
+
+EDITORIALS
+
+THE PEASANT SALOON-KEEPER--RULER OF AMERICAN CITIES
+
+  [Illustration]
+
+
+The great wave of temperance which is now sweeping Europe and America
+has its chief impulse, no doubt, in ethical and religious sentiment.
+But a new force is operative--the force of an exact knowledge of the
+evil physical effects of alcohol. It would be impossible to exaggerate
+the importance of this new element in temperance reform.
+
+The story of the modern series of scientific experiments with alcohol,
+begun about twenty-five years ago and still in progress, is given by
+Dr. Henry Smith Williams in this number of MCCLURE'S MAGAZINE.
+These investigations, largely conducted in Continental Europe, include
+experiments on the senses, upon the muscles, and upon the different
+human intellectual activities, from the simplest to the most complex.
+Without exception they show that every function of the normal human
+body is injured by the use of alcohol--even the moderate use; and that
+the injury is both serious and permanent.
+
+This knowledge is of concern to all the world. But there is in America
+a particular and special concern over a condition which may be believed
+to be unparalleled in human history--certainly in modern civilization:
+the power of the saloon in American government, especially the
+government of cities.
+
+The fact is notorious; yet the condition is not clearly understood.
+Sixty years ago, with the first flood of European immigration, the
+character of American city governments changed suddenly and entirely.
+A great proportion of the peasantry who arrived here from the farms of
+Europe stopped in our cities. They were isolated from the rest of the
+population; their one great social center was the saloon. And out of
+this social center came their political leaders and the manipulators of
+their votes. The European peasant saloon-keeper, for more than half a
+century, has been the ruler of a great proportion of American cities.
+
+The case of Tammany Hall, for so many years the real governing body of
+New York, is most familiar. Its politicians for half a century have
+graduated into public affairs through the common school of the saloon.
+Its leaders at the present time are perfect examples of the European
+peasant saloon-keeper type, which has come to govern us. The same
+condition exists to a large extent in nearly every one of the larger
+cities in the country. An analysis of the member-ship of the boards of
+aldermen in these cities for the past few decades shows a percentage of
+saloon-keepers with foreign names which is astonishing.
+
+A government necessarily takes the character of those conducting it.
+The business of saloon-keeping, which produced the present management
+of our cities, involves, from the conditions which surround it, a
+disregard for both law and proper moral ideals. Ordinary commercial
+motives urge the proprietors, as a class, to increase the sale of a
+commodity which the State everywhere endeavors to restrict; and a
+savage condition of competition drives them still further--till a
+great proportion break the provisions of the law in some way; while
+a considerable number ally themselves with the most degraded and
+dangerous forms of vice.
+
+The government by this class has been exactly what might have been
+expected. A body of men--drawn from an ancestry which has never
+possessed any knowledge or traditions of free government; educated in
+a business whose financial successes are made through the disregard of
+law--are elevated to the control of the machinery of law and order in
+the great cities. Another type of citizen--men of force and enterprise
+unsurpassed in the history of the world--by adapting the discoveries of
+the most inventive century of the world to the uses of commerce, have
+massed together in the past half century a chain of great cities upon
+the face of a half savage continent, and left them to the government
+of such people as these. The commercial enterprise of these cities has
+been the marvel of the world; their government has reached a point of
+moral degradation and inefficiency scarcely less than Oriental.
+
+The debauching of our city life by this kind of government has been
+frequently pictured in this magazine. A government by saloon-keepers,
+and by dealers in flagrant immorality, finds both its power and profit
+in the establishment of vice by its official position. The progress of
+such a government is shown in George Kennan's description of the former
+régime in San Francisco, published in MCCLURE'S MAGAZINE of
+September, 1907:
+
+"Instead of protecting the public by enforcing the laws, it devoted
+itself mainly to making money by allowing gamblers, policy-sellers,
+brothel keepers, and prostitutes to break the laws. Its honest
+officers and men tried, at first, to do their duty; but the police
+commissioners, under the influence or direction of Ruef, interfered
+with their efforts to close illegal and immoral resorts; the police
+court judges, allowing themselves to be swayed by selfish political
+considerations, released the prisoners whom they arrested."
+
+Conditions similar to this have been shown in this magazine to exist
+in New York, Chicago, St. Louis, Pittsburg, and other great cities
+of America. The results have been a general disintegration in the
+moral fiber of cities. Life itself is much more unsafe than under the
+well-ordered governments of European cities. The murder rate in Chicago
+and New York is six or eight times as great as in London and Berlin.
+Even such a primary necessity of civilization as the safety of women is
+lost sight of. A leading Chicago newspaper said in 1906:
+
+"It has ever been our proudest boast as a people that in this country
+woman is respected and protected as she is in no other. That boast is
+becoming an empty one in Chicago. Women have not only been annoyed and
+insulted in great numbers on the street within a very short time, but
+not a few have been murdered. In the year before the Hollister tragedy,
+there were seventeen murders of women in Chicago, which attracted the
+attention of the city."
+
+The system of government which produces this result was well described
+some years ago by the late Bishop Potter, speaking of conditions in New
+York.
+
+"A corrupt system," he said, "whose infamous details have been steadily
+uncovered, to our increasing horror and humiliation, was brazenly
+ignored by those who were fattening on its spoils, and the world was
+presented with the astounding spectacle of a great municipality, whose
+civic mechanism was largely employed in trading in the bodies and
+souls of the defenseless."
+
+Aside from giving direct encouragement and propagation to the more
+terrible forms of vice, the European peasant saloon-keeper government
+of our cities furnishes a fitting field for so-called respectable
+men--but really criminals of the worst type--who help organize and
+perpetuate saloon government for the purpose of securing, by bribery,
+franchises for public utilities without paying therefor. Thus American
+cities have been robbed as well as badly governed.
+
+There are signs of amelioration of these conditions in most of the
+great cities of the country. But every advance is made against the
+fierce antagonism of just such systems as Bishop Potter described;
+and those systems exist in every large American city to-day--either
+in direct control or ready to take control at the slightest sign of
+relaxation by the forces which are opposing them. And the foundation of
+this evil structure is the European peasant saloon-keeper.
+
+MCCLURE'S MAGAZINE, in the next year, will consider the
+horrible influence of the saloon on American life. Dr. Williams will
+follow his article in the present number by studies of the influence of
+alcohol upon society at large, upon racial development, and upon the
+State. The author is especially equipped for his work. He is in the
+first place perhaps the greatest living popularizer of national science
+and history in America; and he has himself made life-long observations
+upon the influence of alcohol--both physical and social--first as
+a medical practitioner in the treatment of the insane at the great
+asylums at Bloomingdale and Randalls Island, and later by study and
+observation in the chief capitals of Europe, where he has lived the
+greater part of the last ten years. The sound judgment and impartial
+temper which have characterized his work in other fields will be found
+in his treatment of this great subject.
+
+
+
+
+THE ELDER STATESMEN
+
+
+Senators Sherman, Hoar, Edmunds, George, and Gray; these were the men
+who made the present Sherman Anti-trust Law. They were the men who
+made largely the financial and constitutional history of the United
+States for the three decades following the Civil War. They brought
+to the consideration of the trust problem an intimate knowledge of
+constitutional law, an open, unbiased attitude toward property rights,
+and a thorough devotion to the public interest. They gave long and
+careful attention to the question, spending two years on this bill.
+There was nothing hasty or ill-considered about their action. They
+sought to end special privilege and put all citizens on the same basis
+of free competition. Of all their great services to the nation none
+probably equals in importance this bill, which may be called the Magna
+Charta of industrial and commercial liberty.
+
+The amendment of the Sherman Act may be an important public issue for
+some time to come. If it were possible to assemble for this work a body
+of men as able and as disinterested as the Elder Statesmen who framed
+the original act, the interests of the public would be safe.
+
+
+
+
+Transcriber's Note
+
+
+Hyphenated words have been retained as in the original text.
+
+Typographical errors have been silently corrected.
+
+OE ligatures have been expanded.
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of McClure's Magazine, Vol. XXXI, No. 6,
+October, 1908, by Various
+
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 43842 ***